Description	Fee	Process Time	Limit
Bank card When using a bank card to deposit into your account, verification can take between 10 and 20 seconds. For your transaction to be accepted, your bank must accept "e-gaming" transactions. 100% BONUS ON YOUR FIRST BANK CARD DEPOSIT.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 900
Bank card The AstroPay card is a virtual pre-paid card which is accepted by hundreds of stores online. It is an alternative way for customers to pay in local currency and prides itself on being simple, sage, free and instant.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 900
Skrill Get an ULTRA-SAFE Skrill eWallet, which can be topped up by bank card, Visa, Mastercard, bank transfer, postal order or cheque for an instant, simple and secure way to pay. WARNING: Don't forget to tick the box quoting the following once you have deposited into your Skrill account: "I will use the money deposited with this credit/debit card for the purposes of GAMBLING" NEW TO SKRILL? SIGN UP: CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 4,000
Giropay Used in Germany, Giropay is a payment system which enables its users to buy safely on Internet thanks to secure online transfers from their bank account.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 4,000
Online bank transfer Using the online banking system provided by your bank, you can now deposit money quickly, easily and securely into your NetBet account.	Free	Instant	No Limit
Neteller NETELLER is the fast, simple and secure way to move your money online. Top up your account using major payment brands such as Visa, MasterCard, Maestro, international and local bank transfers and instant local deposits such as iDEAL, giropay and DineroMail. NETELLER allows you to top up your wallet using Bitcoin, too. All deposits and withdrawals to and from sites that accept NETELLER are FREE. Deposit funds from your NETELLER account for free. Sign up and pay today! Withdraw funds for free with your NETELLER account. Sign up now.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 5,000
paysafecard paysafecard is a handy way of making cash payments online! It's both easy and practical as it neither requires a subscription nor a bank account to pay. You don't even need a bank card.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 100
Euteller Euteller is the leading payment service provider in Finland. Euteller enables you to make instant payments using your online bank account. Payments are processed immediately allowing merchants to receive notification of your payment in real-time.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 5,000
Trustly Trustly is the only online banking e-payments solution which is adapted for mobile devices and tablets. Putting the safety of online payments first, this Stockholm- based payment services provider is available in 8 European countries and is supported by 57 banks. Trustly allows you to make smooth, secure transactions straight from your bank account.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 5,000
Bank transfer You can make a deposit to your NetBet account either by transferring the money directly at your local bank branch, or by making a quick and secure transfer via online banking.	Free	Instant	No Limit
Web Money WebMoney is a multifunctional payment method that provides its customers with fast and secure online payments. Users are not required to have a bank account or bank card. You can deposit funds to your WebMoney account by money transfer, electronic transfer, using a bank or virtual card, or a WM prepayment card.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 1,000
Qiwi Qiwi is a Russian payment service offering customers a range of payment options to make purchases online. Accepted currencies are USD, EUR, and RUB and the Qiwi service can be used by consumers in Russia, Ukraine and Kazakhstan. Consumers have the advantage of choosing their preferred payment method from various options available.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 5,000
Moneta Moneta is an eWallet service which has been specifically designed for the Russian market and therefore operates in the currency RUB. Moneta deducts payments immediately and directly from the eWallet account, crediting the merchant within minutes. Moneta offers a convenient way of handling payments, since it is accepted by all banks.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 5,000
Boleto Boleto is a leading payment method in Brazil, regulated by Febraban. Boleto is only available to players located in Brazil. It offers fast and secure online money transfer and is supported by a wide range of banks.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 5,000
InstaDebit InstaDebit, an e-wallet, is the preferred deposit and withdrawal method available to Canadian users. It is quick and easy. InstaDebit is particularly popular with sportsbook users, and offers a secure service.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 5,000
Boku Boku is a leading mobile payment platform which allows you to make quick and safe online purchases on the move. There's no need for a bank account or credit card - just your mobile phone. Boku is available on all major mobile networks in the UK.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 5,000
AstroPay Direct Astropay Direct offers alternative ways to pay online in local currency, such as cash payments, credit cards (with installments) and online banking.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: 10,000
Fast Bank Transfer You can now deposit money quickly, easily and securely into your NetBet account by making transfers directly from your bank account (online or offline). Don't forget to provide your Payment Reference to your bank (online or offline) before the transfer has been initiated.	Free	1-14 working days	Min: 10 Max: 10,000
ecoPayz With an ecoPayz Wallet account you can receive, send and spend money worldwide, all on one online account. ecoPayz is free and easy to use. You can open an account in minutes - there's no need for a bank account or credit check, and there are a variety of ways to top up your account. Your funds will then be available for you to spend how you want, in total confidence. Only available to Canadian players. Open a free ecoPayz account now.	Free	2-4 days	Min: 10 Max: 10,000

Description	Fee	Process Time	Limit
Bank card When using a bank card to deposit into your account, verification can take between 10 and 20 seconds. For your transaction to be accepted, your bank must accept "e-gaming" transactions. 100% BONUS ON YOUR FIRST BANK CARD DEPOSIT	Free	4-8 days	Min: 10 Max: no limit
Skrill Get an ULTRA-SAFE Skrill eWallet, which can be topped up by bank card, Visa, Mastercard, bank transfer, postal order or cheque for an instant, simple and secure way to pay. WARNING: Don't forget to tick the box quoting the following once you have deposited into your Skrill account: "I will use the money deposited with this credit/debit card for the purposes of GAMBLING" NEW TO SKRILL? SIGN UP: CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP	Free	2-4 days	Min: 10 Max: no limit
Neteller NETELLER is the fast, simple and secure way to move your money online. Fund your account with all of the major payment brands like Visa, MasterCard, Maestro, bank wires, international and local bank transfers and instant local deposits such as iDEAL, giropay, DineroMail. All deposits and withdrawals to and from sites that accept NETELLER are FREE. Deposit funds from your NETELLER account for free. Sign up and pay today! Withdraw funds to your NETELLER account for free. Sign up now.	Free	2-4 days	Min: 10 Max: no limit
Bank transfer You can withdraw funds from your NetBet account directly to your bank account by providing your bank account details. In order to have your withdrawal request processed as quickly and efficiently as possible via wire transfer, we recommended that you provide a full bank statement from your bank.	Free	4-12 days	Min: 10 Max: no limit
Web Money WebMoney is a multifunctional payment method that provides its customers with fast and secure online payments. Users are not required to have a bank account or bank card. You can deposit funds to your WebMoney account by money transfer, electronic transfer, using a bank or virtual card, or a WM prepayment card.	Free	2-4 days	Min: 10 Max: no limit
Qiwi Qiwi is a Russian payment service offering customers a range of payment options to make purchases online. Accepted currencies are USD, EUR, and RUB and the Qiwi service can be used by consumers in Russia, Ukraine and Kazakhstan. Consumers have the advantage of choosing their preferred payment method from various options available.	Free	2-4 days	Min: 10 Max: no limit
Moneta Moneta is an eWallet service which has been specifically designed for the Russian market and therefore operates in the currency RUB. Moneta deducts payments immediately and directly from the eWallet account, crediting the merchant within minutes. Moneta offers a convenient way of handling payments, since it is accepted by all banks.	Free	2-4 days	Min: 10 Max: no limit
AstroPay Direct AstroPay Direct offers alternative ways to pay online in local currency, such as cash payments, credit cards (with installments) and online banking.	Free	Instant	Min: 10 Max: No limit
ecoPayz With an ecoPayz Wallet account you can receive, send and spend money worldwide, all on one online account. ecoPayz is free and easy to use. You can open an account in minutes - there's no need for a bank account or credit check, and there are a variety of ways to top up your account. Your funds will then be available for you to spend how you want, in total confidence. Only available to Canadian players.Open a free ecoPayz account now.	Free	2-4 days	Min: 10 Max: 10,000

Gaming

1. What are the minimum system requirements to install the NetBet Casino software?

NetBet Casino can be accessed with a Flash plug-in by the following browsers:
- Internet Explorer
- Mozilla Firefox
- Google Chrome
- Safari

2. Where can I learn more about the game rules?

After accessing the game you are interested in, please go to the HELP section of the game, which is marked with a “?” icon.

3. How do you play machines with a keyboard?

Most of our slot machines have been created to allow our players to play directly from the keyboard without using the mouse:
the space bar on the keyboard activates the SPIN;
buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 start the SPIN on the corresponding bet.

4. I got disconnected while playing on NetBet Casino

If you think this problem is not related to your internet connection or your computer, please specify the date, time, type of game played and the amount involved. For any technical difficulties that you encounter while playing our games, we recommend that you take a screenshot of the problem and send it to: support@netbet.com for the necessary investigations to be made.

5. Are your casino games random?

Be rest assured that our games are completely random, as the results for each game are generated by an independent entity called RNG (Random Number Generator). The purpose of the RNG software is to ensure that gaming servers have an adequate quantity of random numbers for the casino games.

NetBet Casino Inbox

1. Where can I find my NetBet Casino inbox?

Your inbox is just located under your username in the top right corner of the NetBet Casino website. Click on the envelope icon to access it.

2. Why should I use my NetBet Casino inbox?

You can directly communicate with our support team without having to access your personal email account. This is much quicker if you have a question for our customer service or wish to submit any documents.

3. How do I send a message to customer support?

Go into your NetBet Casino inbox and simply click on "new message”, enter your questions, enter the security code and submit your message.

4. Can I send documents from my NetBet Casino inbox?

Absolutely! Just go to your inbox and click on ‘’Create message’’. You can then upload up to 3 documents of up to 20 MB and submit them to us. This is the quickest way to send us documents.

Others

1. I would like to close my NetBet Casino account

Please send an email to support@netbet.com explaining that you would like to stop playing on our site.

2. Can I play your games using a device such as a tablet, phone, iPad or iPhone?

The NetBet Casino website runs games using flash technology. This means that any tablet, phone or device that does not support flash (like iPhones and iPads) will not be able to run the games.
You might be able to access the website, register and make a deposit using your device’s browser, providing it is recent enough to support HTML5/Ajax.

PLAYERS CLUB FAQ

1. WHO CAN JOIN THE PLAYERS CLUB?

Everyone! Once you've created a NetBet Casino account, you can join our Players Club and enjoy all the benefits that come with it! Check all the statuses available - you could reap big rewards in our "PLAYERS CLUB” section.

2. HOW CAN I COLLECT POINTS?

Players Club Points, called NetPoints, will automatically be assigned while you are playing any Casino and/or Live Dealers game with your own cash money. More details on the number of points allocated by game categories can be found under “EARN NetPoints” section.

As you collect NetPoints, you'll be eligible to treat yourself to a wide range of rewards available in your "CLUB SHOP". And that's not all! As soon as you've reached the minimum number points required to level up within the correct time frame, you'll be automatically assigned to the next Player Status up and enjoy all its benefits.

3. HOW DOES THE BOOST WORK?

The Boost is awarded in real time, and gives you the chance to multiply the number of NetPoints collected by up to 5.5 times. Once you’ve reached a given Player Status, you'll be automatically awarded some extra FREE NetPoints as detailed in the “NetPoints BOOST” section.

NetPoints Boost is an exclusive treat available to all loyal NetBet players to help them get the Club Shop rewards they deserve, faster.

Please note, the NetPoints Boost is only applicable to total balance available to be spent at the Club Shop. Points requirements for Player Status upgrade and renewal are counted from the 1st of each month, taking into account only "clear" accumulated points from real money bets throughout the given period, thus excluding FREE boosted NetPoints.

4. WHEN AND HOW IS MY PLAYER STATUS CALCULATED?

Your Player Status is automatically upgraded according to the points level required. When you reach Bronze, Silver, Gold or Diamond Status, you will have 1 month (1st to last day) to reach the number of points required to keep and renew your status for one more month. If not, you will lose your status and be downgraded to the level you have accumulated enough points for. But don’t worry - you won't lose your total available balance of NetPoints accumulated so far.

For Platinum and Stellar Status, the level eligibility time frame is extended for 6 months with minimum points requirement to be completed for the first two months to be maintained. AND once you reach the Elite level you will remain Elite forever!

Please note, your total NetPoints balance available to be spent at the shop functions independently from your Player Status points requirement. For example, if you have collected 124,000 points since the 1st of the month. and you've spent some of these in the Club Shop, your level will be calculated based on your total monthly points accumulated (124,000) without considering any purchases points deduction nor NetPoints Boost. Check "MY CLUB" section to control your monthly performance and see how many points you need to accumulate to reach the next level.

5. HOW CAN I SPEND MY POINTS?

NetPoints can be spent in our online “CLUB SHOP” which has a vast array of items to choose from. In addition to cash and bonuses, there are a range of other categories. Treat yourself to casino accessories, electronic goods, gaming related items, fantastic bonuses or cash vouchers. If that doesn’t tickle your fancy there are also plenty of surprise gifts on offer as well as a monthly raffle. You’re bound to find something you can’t resist!

IMPORTANT: NetPoints cannot be transferred across NetBet products and must be spent exclusively in the product Shop they have been accumulated from. In any case, Poker players will not be able to access the Casino Club Shop with their Poker NetPoints balance and vice versa.

6. WHY DOESN'T MY SHOP BALANCE MATCH MY PLAYER STATUS?

Your NetPoints balance increases in real time from the very first bet, and every subsequent real money bet you place on NetBet Casino and Live Dealers. Your total NetPoints accumulated so far + NetPoints Boost (once eligible according to your Player Status) can be spent at our Club Shop whenever you want.

Upon Club Shop purchase, NetPoints price will automatically be deducted from your total NetPoints allowance while your monthly collected points balance will remain untouched.

Our aim is to define Player Status based on monthly game play to make sure your always get the best treatment and reward for your play. Your Players Club progress and Player Status monthly earned points is independently monitored according to total points accumulated during the current month, and is reset every first of each month.

REGISTRATION

How do I register with NetBet?

Registration is free so why not Register now and get an extra 50% on your first deposit up to £50. Registering is simple: click on REGISTER located at the top right of the website and fill in the form. Finish your registration by clicking on CREATE MY ACCOUNT.

Is it possible to use different accounts on NetBet?

Players can only use one account on NetBet. Using several different accounts is considered to be against our terms and conditions and could lead to the player being suspended and having his account closed.

What do I do if I forget my username or password?

If you have forgotten your password, click on Forgotten your password? on the top right of the screen and fill in the form. A new temporary password will be sent to you by e-mail. We recommend that you change it once you sign in.

How do I suspend or close my account?

If you would like to temporarily suspend your NetBet account, log in and then click on ‘Deposit’ at the top right of the page and then on ‘Preferences>My limits>Self-Exclusion’ in the menu on the right-hand menu. If you would like to start using your account at the end of this period, please contact Customer Services. To permanently close your account, please contact Customer Services.

Can I use my email to log in?

Yes. Logging into your NetBet account has never been easier. You can now use either your email address or username to log in on both desktop and mobile.

USING YOUR ACCOUNT

How do I make a deposit?

Deposits can be made safely and easily. Sign into the website and then click on Deposit on the top right. You will see all the payment methods that we offer.

I can’t seem to make a deposit with my bank card.

Firstly, we advise you to ensure that the card number and the security code (3 last digits on the back of the card) are correct. Also, be sure that the expiry date is valid.

We also suggest that you contact your bank to be sure that there are no restrictions on your card. If the problem persists, you should contact the customer service department.

We would like to remind you that other payment methods are also available, such as bank transfer, using Moneybookers, Neteller, Click2Pay...

How do I make a withdrawal?

Go to the Cashier, then the Withdraw section. Enter the requested bank details and confirm your request. Your refund request will then be registered and processed by our payment agent.

How do I cancel a withdrawal request and return the funds to my player account?

Go to the Cashier, then click on 'Cancel Withdrawl'. Find the request in question and you can decide to return the funds to you account. Your refund will automatically be credited to your NetBet account and you will receive a receipt.

BETS

How do I place a bet?

Ensure that you are signed into your NetBet account. Then, choose a sport and a category in the menu on the left hand side of the page. To add a prediction to your betting slip simply click on the odds button and it will turn green to highlight that it has been added. Choose your bet type within the betting slip and finally click on PLACE BETS to confirm your bet.

How can I see my bets?

Login to your NetBet account, then click on History in the top left. You will then be able to see a list of all your bets, stakes and status of each bet.

What is the minimum/maximum stakes?

The minimum stake for pre-live bets is €0.07 (or currency equivalent) and €0.13 for live bets (or currency equivalent). There is no set maximum stake. If you are refused a bet you will be offered an alternative amount.

How can I cancel a bet?

Once a bet is confirmed, unfortunately, it is no longer possible to change your mind or to modify it. This rule can be found in the NetBet terms and conditions and is valid for all sports betting sites.

What do I do if a match is postponed or cancelled?

If you have placed a bet on an event (match or competition) which has been cancelled, ends early, or is postponed, it will remain valid provided the event takes place on the same date as orginally scheduled. However, if a match is suspended after the outcome for a particular bet is already known (for example - the ‘half time result’ market and the match is suspended in the second half), the bet will be settled as usual.

Please see Section 24 of the terms and conditions for full details.

Can I play with my real or bonus balance first?

The bonus system automatically uses any real funds first before moving on to a players bonus amount. However, a player can use both his real and bonus money in a single bet if the total balance amount is wagered.

Bet Types

Combo Bets

Definition: Traditionally, a combo bet is a combination of a minimum of 2 selections. By choosing to place a combined bet, you increase the amount of your potential winnings. In essence, the odds corresponding to your selections are multiplied by each other, thus allowing the total odds on your betting slip and consequently your potential winnings to increase. You can combine as many selections as you wish as long as your potential winnings do not exceed the fixed winnings limit.

Placing a combo bet: Bet on the final result (1- X - 2) for the following matches:

- Mouscron Peruwelz vs. Standard Liege
- Club Brugge vs. Cercle Brugge
- Kortrijk vs. Genk

By betting on the final result of the match, you have the possibility to select one of 3 potential results:

- 1 : A win for the home team.
- X : A draw.
- 2 : A win for the away team.

Let’s say you decide to bet on combined victory for Standard Liege, Club Brugge and Kortrijk. By clicking on the odds corresponding to wins of Standard Liege, Club Brugge and Kortrijk, your selection will display automatically on your betting slip on the “Combo” tab. Now, you are able to set the amount of your bet using your keypad (in this example it is €5). Once your bet amount appears in a white box marked with an asterisk, a summary of your bet will be displayed (Number of bet(s): 1 / Stake €5 / Winnings: €29.85).

Winnings: Your bet is considered a winning bet only if all the combinations are correct. In this example, your bet wins if Standard Liege, Club Brugge and Kortrijk win. If such is the case, you will win X amount (E.g.: A €5 bet on total odds of 2.00 × 1.29 × 2.30 = €29.85).

Important information: The selections that appear on your betting slip with an empty box to the left of their description cannot be combined. The main reason for this is that it is impossible to combine 2 or more selections on the same event in the same combined bet.

Please note: If one or more bet(s) of selections you have chosen are highlighted in bright yellow, this simply means that the odds in question have just changed.

Each-Way Bets

The each-way bet will be available for outright/winner events.

Using the each-way checkbox will double the unit stake, placed on the winner selection.

It will contain one bet on the winner and another bet on the odds terms and place terms, which will be written at the header of the event.

Example:

Placing 1 GBP on selection with odds 11.00 and choosing the e/w checkbox with terms: ¼ 1-2-3:

1 GBP will be a winner bet

1 GBP will be on the place bet.

If the selection will finish 1st:

1 GBP X 11=11GBP

1GBP X 3.5 ((11.00-1)X(1/4)+1)=3.5

Total return: 11+3.5=14.5

If the selection will finish 2nd or 3rd

1 GBP on the winner part – will be losing

1 GBP on the place part – Return: 3.5

If the selection will finish 4th or lower – both bets will be lost.

For accumulator bets, using the each-way will double the unit stake per bet.

Each-way bets on accumulator bets will be settling as win-to-win place-to-place.

Example:

1 GBP stake

2 selections from 2 different outright and choosing the EW checkbox: stake is double: 2 GBP

1st selection on odds 11.00, ew ¼, 1-2-3. EW odds: ((11-1)/4)+1= 3.5

2nd selection on odds 9.00, ew ½ 1-2 EW odds: ((9-1)/2)+1= 5

1st combo bet: Win-to-win: 1 GBP on 11X9=90

2nd combo bet: Place-to-place: 1 GBP on 3.5X5=17.5

If both selections will finish at the 1st place: total return: 90+17.5=107.5

If 1st selection will win and the 2nd selection will place (Finish 1st or 2nd): 1st combo will lose, 2nd combo will win – total return: 17.5

If 2nd selection will win and the 1st selection will place (Finish 1st or 2nd or 3rd): 1 combo will lose, 2nd combo will win – total return: 17.5

If both selection will not win and will not place – both bets will lose

back to top

Handicap Bets

Asian Lines

The Asian Line is a special type of handicap used for soccer matches. Depending on the strength of each team, a handicap is issued for the game. This enables the odds for each side to be more similar, allowing for more competitive betting opportunities. All bets on the Asian Handicap in live betting (including 1st/2nd half bets) are settled according to the score line. Any goals prior to the bet being placed are ignored for settlement purposes.

Asian Handicap	What it means
0	You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw (0 goals difference), you are refunded your stake.
0.25	You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw, your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw and its stakes are refunded.
0.5	You win if your team draws or wins the match.
0.75	You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a one goal difference, you lose half of the amount staked.
1	You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded.
-0.25	You win if your team wins the match. If it draws you lose half of the amount staked.
-0.5	You win if your team wins the match.
-0.75	You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with one goal your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw and its stakes are refunded.
-1	You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded.

Live betting example:

Juventus vs Man.United - Live score 1:0

Team	Asian Handicap	Odds
Juventus	-0.75	1.80
Manchester	+0.75	2.15

Final score 3:0
If you bet on Juventus €100, your net win is €80

Final score 2:0, 3:1
If you bet on Juventus €100, your net win €40

Final score 1:0, 1:1, 1:2, 1:3,2:1, 2:2, 3:2, 3:3
If you bet on Man. United €100, your net win is €115

3-Way Handicap

In a 3-Way Handicap, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, giving you 3 potential bets.

Handicap (-1) - You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more.
Tie: You win if the team with (-1) Handicap wins the match with exactly one goal difference.
Handicap (+1) - You win if your team draws or win the match.

Single Bets

Definition: A single bet is the simplest type of bet. A single bet is a prediction about one single event. You can place this kind of bet on all the events offered.

Placing a single bet: Bet on the final result (1 - X - 2) of the match between Dortmund and Bayern Munichen.

By betting on the final result of the match, you have the possibility to select one of 3 potential results:

- 1: A win for the home team.
- X: A draw.
- 2: A win for the away team.

Let’s say you decide to bet on a win for Dortmund at odds of 2.05. By clicking on odds of 2.05, your selection will be displayed automatically on your betting slip on the “Single” tab. Now, you are able to set the amount you wish to bet using your keypad (in this example it is €5). Once your bet amount is indicated in the white box provided, a summary of your bet will be displayed (Number of bet(s): 1 / Stake €5 / Winnings: €10.25).

Winnings: Your bet is considered a winning bet if your selection is correct. You will win the amount of your bet multiplied by the event odds you bet on (in this example, a bet of €5 times a selection with odds of 2.05 = €10.25).

Options: It is possible to place several single bets using the same betting slip. In order to do so, you just need to select more events. Once you have decided on your selection, click on the “Single” tab. Now, your selections are independent of each other. You can now choose different bet amounts for each of your selections using the white boxes next to each of your selected odds, or bet the same amount for each of your selections by using the white box next to the text “Stake per bet”.

Please note: If one or more bet(s) are highlighted in bright yellow, this simply means that the odds in question have just changed.

System Bets with 3 Selections

2/3

Definition: A 2/3 system consists of 3 bets involving 3 selections in different events - 3 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/3 costs €3.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
3	-	3	-	-	-	-	-	-

Trixie

Definition: A Trixie consists of 4 bets involving 3 selections in different events, 3 doubles and 1 treble. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Trixie costs €4.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
4	-	3	1	-	-	-	-	-

Patent

Definition: A patent consists of 7 bets involving 3 selections in different events, 3 singles, 3 doubles and 1 treble. Any one winning bets guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Patent costs €7.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
7	3	3	1	-	-	-	-	-

System Bets with 4 Selections

2/4

Definition: A 2/4 system consists of 6 bets involving 4 selections in different events - 6 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/4 costs €6.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
6	-	6	-	-	-	-	-	-

3/4

Definition: A 3/4 system consists of 4 bets involving 4 selections in different events - 4 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return.Please note that a €1 System 3/4 costs €4.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
4	-	-	4	-	-	-	-	-

Yankee

Definition: A Yankee consists of 11 bets involving 4 selections in different events, 6 doubles, 4 trebles and 1 four-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Yankee costs €11.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
11	-	6	4	1	-	-	-	-

Lucky 15

Definition: A Lucky 15 consists of 15 bets involving 4 selections in different events, 4 singles, 6 doubles, 4 trebles and 1 four-fold. Any one winning bet guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Lucky 15 costs €15.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
15	4	6	4	1	-	-	-	-

System Bets with 5 Selections

2/5

Definition: A 2/5 system consists of 10 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 10 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/5 costs €10.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
10	-	10	-	-	-	-	-	-

3/5

Definition: A 3/5 system consists of 10 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 10 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/5 costs €10.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
10	-	-	10	-	-	-	-	-

4/5

Definition: A 4/5 system consists of 5 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 5 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/5 costs €5.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
5	-	-	-	5	-	-	-	-

Super Yankee

Definition: A Super Yankee system consists of 26 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 10doubles, 10 trebles, 5 four-folds, and 1 five-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Canadian costs €26.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
26	-	10	10	5	1	-	-	-

Lucky 31

Definition: A Lucky 31 system consists of 31 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 5 singles, 10 doubles, 10 trebles, 5 four-folds, and 1 five-fold. Any one winning bet guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Lucky 31 costs €31.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
31	5	10	10	5	1	-	-	-

System Bets with 6 Selections

2/6

Definition: A 2/6 system consists of 15 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 15 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/6 costs €15.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
15	-	15	-	-	-	-	-	-

3/6

Definition: A 3/6 system consists of 20 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 30 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/6 costs €20.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
20	-	-	20	-	-	-	-	-

4/6

Definition: A 4/6 system consists of 15 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 15 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/6 costs €15.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
15	-	-	-	15	-	-	-	-

5/6

Definition: A 5/6 system consists of 6 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 6 five folds. Any five winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 5/6 costs €6.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
6	-	-	-	-	6	-	-	-

Heinz

Definition: A Heinz system consists of 57 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 15 doubles, 20 trebles, 15 four-folds, 6 five-folds, and 1 six-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Heinz costs €57.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
57	-	15	20	15	6	1	-	-

Lucky 63

Definition: A Lucky 63 system consists of 63 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 6 singles, 15 doubles, 20 trebles, 15 four-folds, 6 five-folds, and 1 six fold. Any one winning bet guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Lucky 63 costs €63.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
63	6	15	20	15	6	1	-	-

System Bets with 7 Selections

2/7

Definition: A 2/7 system consists of 21 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 21 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/7 costs €21.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
21	-	21	-	-	-	-	-	-

3/7

Definition: A 3/7 system consists of 35 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 35 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/7 costs €35.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
35	-	-	35	-	-	-	-	-

4/7

Definition: A 4/7 system consists of 35 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 35 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/7 costs €35.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
35	-	-	-	35	-	-	-	-

5/7

Definition: A 5/7 system consists of 21 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 21 five-folds. Any five winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 5/7 costs €21.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
21	-	-	-	-	21	-	-	-

6/7

Definition: A 6/7 system consists of 7 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 7 six-folds. Any six winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 6/7 costs €7.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
7	-	-	-	-	-	7	-	-

Super Heinz

Definition: A Super Heinz system consists of 120 bets involving 7 selections in different events, 21 doubles, 35 trebles, 35 four-folds, 21 five-folds, 7 six-folds, and 1 seven-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Super Heinz costs €120.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
120	-	21	35	35	12	7	1	-

System Bets with 8 Selections

2/8

Definition: A 2/8 system consists of 28 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 28 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/8 costs €28.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
28	-	28	-	-	-	-	-	-

3/8

Definition: A 3/8 system consists of 56 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 56 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/8 costs €56.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
56	-	-	56	-	-	-	-	-

4/8

Definition: A 4/8 system consists of 70 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 70 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/8 costs €70.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
70	-	-	-	70	-	-	-	-

5/8

Definition: A 5/8 system consists of 56 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 56 five-folds. Any five winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 5/8 costs €56.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
56	-	-	-	-	56	-	-	-

6/8

Definition: A 6/8 system consists of 28 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 28 six-folds. Any six winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 6/8 costs €28.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
28	-	-	-	-	-	28	-	-

7/8

Definition: A 7/8 system consists of 8 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 8 seven-folds. Any seven winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 7/8 costs €8.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
8	-	-	-	-	-	-	8	-

Goliath

Definition: A Goliath system consists of 247 bets involving 8 selections in different events, 28 doubles, 56 trebles, 70 four-folds, 56 five-folds, 28 six-folds, 8 seven-folds, and 1 eight-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Goliath costs €247.

Number of bets placed	Single bets	Combo bets
Number of bets placed	Single bets	2 selections	3 selections	4 selections	5 selections	6 selections	7 selections	8 selections
247	-	28	56	70	56	28	8	1

Teaser Bets

General

A teaser is 1 bet involving 2 or more points spread or game total selections on American Football or Basketball. A fixed number of points are bought on all selections in the teaser. The number of teams selected and the number of points selected determines the payout odds. All selections must be successful for the bet to win. Buying points is simply changing the handicap and also the potential payout.

If a selection in the teaser is a push, the teaser will drop to the next lower level, if a lower level is offered for that particular teaser. A push in a two team teaser without a loss will make the entire bet lost. When placing a bet on super/monster teaser a push will result in a loss on the bet.

Teaser bets will only be allowed on pre-match events and only for selected leagues, including:

i. Regular teasers for NBA, NCAAB, NFL, NCAAF or any other league in which teaser bets are allowed (4, 4½ and 5 for Basketball and 6, 6½ and 7 for American Football)
ii. SUPER TEASERS: 3 teams teaser - buying 8 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83
iii. MONSTER TEASER: 4 teams teaser - buying 10 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83

Buying Points

Buying points allows you to change the point-spread or game total of an American Football or Basketball game. You can move the point-spread so you get more points when betting the underdog, and fewer points when betting on the favourite. You can move the total so you get a higher total when betting the under or a lower total if betting the over.

Before being withdrawn, bonus offers on NetBet Sport must be wagered according to the conditions set out below.

Unless otherwise stated, the following conditions must be applied:

HOW TO PLAY YOUR BONUS:

In order to fulfil the bonus conditions, each stake must be placed on events with minimum odds of 1.60. For Combo bets each selection must also have minimum odds of 1.60, whilst System bets must have total minimum odds of 4.09 (1.6 X 1.6 X 1.6). Otherwise, bets placed will not be taken into account.

Outright bets cannot be included.

Forecast/Tricast bets on horse racing, Virtual Sports bets and any bets placed on the draw no bet market will not count towards the rollover of the bonus.

Please note that your bonus will be released fully when stated in the terms and conditions of the promotion.

If your balance includes real money and a bonus, real money will be used first. Bets placed with real money will also count towards fulfilling the wagering requirements for a bonus.

For each bonus, certain types of bets may not contribute towards fulfilling the wagering requirements. (e.g. single bets placed on any type of Handicap or Under/Over markets).

All rollover bets only contribute to the bonus once they have been settled.

Bets settled after the bonus has expired will no longer be taken into consideration with the rollover requirement.

If you have 2 or more active bonuses, all bets that you place while the first bonus is active will only count towards the roll over of the first bonus.

Only after the first bonus is closed, will bets start counting towards the second bonus.

WHERE CAN I ACTIVATE MY BONUS?

Free Bets

Free Bets are credited automatically and will appear in your account within 24 hours. There is no activation you need to follow in order to receive this bonus. You can find out more about Free Bets in our dedicated help section below.

Free Bonus Code

The Free Bonus code can be entered and activated in the cashier. Once in the cashier, click on the Free Bonus code tab to access the bonus code entry field. This bonus will appear in your account under bonus balance immediately after activation. If it does not appear in your account please contact customer services.

Deposit Bonus Code

The deposit bonus code can also be entered and activated in the cashier. Once in the cashier, click on the deposit tab to access the deposit bonus code field. If the deposit bonus has play-through conditions, these must be met first before the deposit bonus becomes available in your account. For example some deposit bonuses will require you to deposit and bet before receiving your bonus.

WHERE CAN I SEE MY BONUS BALANCE?

You can see the details of your bonus balance by hovering over your account name and selecting "Bonus History" within the drop-down menu. If you have multiple active bonuses, you should release them one by one in chronological order by fulfilling the respective wagering requirements. For example, if you have a rollover of 5 on bonus A and a rollover of 5 on bonus B, if you were to place a bet of 10, it would only count towards bonus A, and not B.

HOW LONG IS MY BONUS VALID?

To take full advantage of a bonus, you must fulfill the wagering requirements within 3 to 60 days according to the promotion's T&C's. If not, your bonus and winnings derived from bonus bets will be cancelled. The expiry date will be counted from the time the bonus is credited to your account.

To take full advantage of a bonus, you must fulfill the wagering requirements within 3 to 60 days, according to the promotion's Terms and Conditions. If not, your bonus, and any winnings derived from bonus bets, will be cancelled. The expiry date will be counted from the time the bonus is credited to your account.

WHEN CAN I MAKE A WITHDRAWAL?

All withdrawal requests made while you still have one or more active bonuses will lead to the automatic deletion of your bonus balance and related winnings. If one or more of your bonuses are in the process of being validated, a message will appear on your screen before you make the withdrawal, warning you of the potential loss of funds. All Rollover must be complete before you can withdraw (or transfer any winnings to casino platforms) otherwise any bonus or winnings made from it will be forfeited.

GENERAL CONDITIONS:

All of our offers are limited to one person per family, household, email address, telephone number, account number (e.g. linked to a credit card or debit card) and shared computer (e.g. in a public space or work place).

Bonus offers can only be claimed once.

Free bonuses offered in competitions via social media (Facebook/Twitter and other promotions from affiliate sites) are subject to specific wagering requirements.

When your balance reaches 0 and you no longer have any open bets, the bonus - and any wagering requirements attached to it - will be cancelled.

If several identical bets are placed on one event, they will not be taken into account in the calculation of the wagering requirements. This will be considered a manipulation of the bonus and will thus be removed.

Cancelled or Cashed Out bets will not be counted towards rollover requirements.

In the case of bonus abuse, NetBet Sport reserves the right to deduct both the bonus and the earnings generated from it from the player's account.

NetBet Sport can, at its sole discretion, restrict eligibility of the conditions to take part in promotions and reserve the right to change, cancel, or retract these conditions.

If players still have an active bonus, all real money deposits will automatically be added to the bonus balance until the pending bonus stake is covered and the rollover of said bonus is completed. Once the pending bonus is settled, all real money deposits will be returned to the real money cash balance.

FREE BETS

General Conditions

Free Bets do not bind you as a NetBet user to any rollover requirements. Any real winnings from Free Bets are received as withdrawable funds. Please note that the Free Bet amount is systematically deducted from the amount returned. For instance, if your winnings are worth €80, and you place a bet with a Free Bet worth €10, you will get €70 in return.

You can have more than one Free Bet in your account at the same time. Free Bets can be used in any way you like, provided that you respect the conditions attached to all of them. However, you cannot combine several Free Bets in order to place a bet; they must be used separately.

Free Bets can only be used on specified bet types, sports, leagues, or even events which are mentioned in their corresponding conditions. To check Free Bet conditions, please go to your Bonus History section.

Free Bets must be used in one go, and not in parts. For instance, a Free Bet token of €10 will be used up when placing a bet of €5 with it. Therefore, the unused €5 will be forfeited and will not be available to use for future bets.

Should a bet be cancelled when the Free Bet token is used, the Free Bet would not be returned upon cancellation.

MY ACCOUNT

1. How to register?

To create your Live Casino account please access the “REGISTER” section which will open the account registration form. Please fill out your personal details in the corresponding fields and click the “CREATE YOUR ACCOUNT” button.

2. Is it necessary to confirm my personal data?

All the information included in the registration form that you sent to Live Casino must be accurate and correspond to the information listed on your identification documents.

3. I did not receive the welcome email

There might be several reasons why the message did not reach your inbox: Please make sure that you filled in the correct email address when creating your account. The message might have been redirected to your Spam/ Junk mail folder as a result of activated mailbox filters. Contact customer support at: support@netbet.com for further assistance if you have already tried the previous steps.

4. I have forgotten my username or password

Should you not remember your login details, please contact the support team at: support@netbet.com. You may use the “Forgotten your password?” option available on the site to request a new password for your account.

5. I want to change my contact email address

You can request any changes/ updates that you wish to make regarding your player account details by sending an email request to: support@netbet.com.

6. I would like to create another account

The rules of our site prohibit multiple accounts. If you have forgotten the username and password of your current player account, please contact us at: support@netbet.com

7. Can I use my email to log in?

Yes. Logging into your NetBet account has never been easier. You can now use either your email address or username to log in on both desktop and mobile.

GAMING

1. What are the minimum system requirements to install the Live Casino software?

Live Casino can be accessed with a Flash plug-in by the following browsers
- Internet Explorer
- Mozilla Firefox
- Google Chrome
- Safari

2. Where can I learn more about the game rules?

After accessing the game you are interested in, please go to the game’s HELP section, which is marked with a wrench icon.

3. I got disconnected while playing on Live Casino

If you think this problem is not related to your Internet connection or your computer, please specify the date, time, type of game played and the amount involved. For any technical difficulties that you encounter while playing our games, we recommend that you take a screenshot of the problem and send it to: support@netbet.com.for the necessary investigations to be made.

Live Casino Inbox

1. Where can I find my Live Casino Inbox?

Your inbox is just located under your username in the top right corner of the Live Casino website. Click on the envelope icon to access it.

2. Why should I use my Live Casino Inbox?

You can directly communicate with our support team without having to access your personal email account. This is much quicker if you have a question for our customer service or wish to submit any documents.

3. How do I send a message to Customer Support?

Go into your Live Casino Inbox and simply click on "new message”, enter your questions, enter the security code and submit your message.

4. Can I send documents from my Live Casino Inbox?

Absolutely! Just go to your inbox and click on ‘’Create message’’. You can then upload up to 3 documents of up to 20 MB and submit them to us. This is the quickest way to send us documents.

OTHER

1. I would like to close my Live Casino account

Please send us a message explaining the reason for your request to support@netbet.com, and tell us exactly why you wish to stop playing on our site.

2. Will I be able to play your games using a gadget such as a tablet, phone, iPad or iPhone?

The Live Casino website is a provider of games based on flash technology. This means that any tablet, phone or device that does not support flash (like the iPhone or iPad) will not be able to run the games.

You might be able to access the website, register and deposit using your device browser providing it is recent enough to support HTML5/Ajax.

Poker Software

NetBet Poker is happy to present the new version of its lobby. This new version lives up to your every expectation, offering new functions that make it easier to use and guaranteeing the best possible entertainment.

1. Set Table Dimensions

Change the dimensions of the table on the screen as you please and
choose the size that is suitable.

eng_1_480

2. Organize your Tables

For multi-table players, organise your tables
in cascade windows or side by side simply by pressing a button.

eng_2_480

3. Choose a Seat

Choose the seat which suits you at the table simply by pressing the right mouse button

eng_3_480

4. Select an Avatar

Equally, choose the avatar which suits you
out of a large selection of characters.

eng_4_480

5. Pick Tables and Tournaments

Select your favorite tables and tournaments by ticking the star situated
to the left of the name of the relevant tables.

eng_6_480

6. My Favorites

And find them by category in the section « My Favorites »

Quickly go to the NetBet Poker lobby to take advantage of all these new things.

Download

Stage 1

In order to use NetBet Poker games, you need to download the free software! Click here
Click on the button "PLAY NOW – FREE DOWNLOAD" on the home page.
1. Save the file to your computer. Then double click to start the installation.

Stage 2

Choose the language for the software.

Stage 3

Read and accept the Terms and Conditions

Stage 4

Wait while it download

Once the download is complete, the lobby will appear on your screen and you will be able to create your account.

Create an account

Stage 1 - Create an account

In order to benefit from all NetBet Poker's great deals, you need to create a new account.
In the downloadable version, you need to install the software onto your computer.
Fill in the registration form. Carefully read and accept the Terms and Conditions and then click "Create".
NOTE: Information that you share with us will remain strictly confidential.

Stage 2 - Your login details

NetBet Poker will provide you with a username and a password, keep both of them safe, so you can login to the software. In addition, NetBet Poker will send you a welcome e-mail with a reminder of your login details and our best current offers.

You are now registered in Fun mode. In order to change to Real mode, read the following stage.

Stage 3 - Register a credit card

To change to real mode, click on the CASHIER button on the bottom left of the lobby.
In order to create an account in Real Mode, you must provide some additional information to guarantee the security of your financial transactions as well to enable us to identify you.

When the second part of the registration process is finished, go back to the CASHIER to register your credit card.

In CREDIT CARD, click on REGISTER NEW CREDIT CARD, then fill in the necessary sections to register your new card. Click on VALIDATE. You will now be able to make deposits and withdrawals.

My account

1. I did not receive the registration confirmation message containing my login details

Sometimes, inboxes have anti-spam tools which can send emails from us to the junk folder.
If you don’t receive our messages, we advise you check your spam/junk folder in your inbox.
Adding our addresses to your address book will resolve this problem.
If you still haven't received any emails from us, please contact our customer service team using the contact form here indicating your username.

2. I have lost my username or it doesn’t work

If you have forgotten your username, you must contact our Customer Service Department using our contact form confirming your personal information: name, surname and date of birth.
Please note that our software makes the distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters when filling in your login details - username or PSR (PSRXXXX) and password.

3. I have forgotten my password

To recover your NetBet Poker password, you can use the "Forgotten password?" option when you start the software and receive a temporary password by e-mail.
You must then restart the software and enter the temporary password that you received. You can then confirm your new password.

4. I want to change my contact e-mail address

To change the email address for your account, you must contact our Customer Service Department using our contact form confirming your personal data: name, surname, date of birth and both your old and your new email addresses.

5. I would like to change my PSR (PSRXXX) or my username

Your PSR and your username are 2 items that cannot be changed. They allow you to sign in the NetBet Poker community.
We also remind you that in accordance with our Terms and Conditions, you are only allowed one account per user and per household.

6. I cannot open a player account

Our system has been specially designed to allow you to only open one player account per computer. If another player account has already been opened using your computer, you will receive an automatic message containing the login details of this account.
To open your own account on our site, we advise you to complete the registration process from a different computer. You can then access this account from any computer.

7. How do I change my account from FUN mode to REAL mode?

Creating a player account on our site can be carried out in two steps:
- In Fun Mode (free), you can use your account just for fun, without having the chance of winning real money.
- A Real Mode account enables you to deposit, win real money, take advantage of our bonuses and take part in our promotions.
This can be easily carried out by going to the "Cashier" in your Fun account and filling in a new form with your personal data.

8. I would like to create another account.

Conforming to the rules of our site, having multiple accounts is not allowed. If you have forgotten the username and password of your current player account, please contact us via our contact form.

9. My account is blocked. What should I do?

For security reasons, our system automatically blocks access to your player account for 30 minutes when you enter an incorrect password 3 consecutive times.
Please note that our software makes a distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters when you fill in your login details – username or PSR (PSRXXXX) and password.
If the problem persists, please contact via our contact form.

10. I would like to close my NetBet Poker account

Please send us a message explaining the reason for your request using our contact form and tell us exactly why you wish to stop playing on our site.

11. Can I use my email to log in?

Yes. Logging into your NetBet account has never been easier. You can now use either your email address or username to log in on both desktop and mobile.

Deposits

1. How can I make a deposit into my player account?

Deposits can easily be made from the "Cashier" page on the NetBet Poker software. You will find all the payment methods on offer.

2. I cannot deposit with my credit card.

First of all, we recommend that you make sure the card number and security code (last 3 digits on the back) were entered correctly. Please ensure that the expiry date is correct.
If the problem persists, we suggest that you contact your bank to ensure there are no special restrictions imposed on your card.
If the problem persists, please contact us using our contact form
We would also like to remind you that you can credit your account via bank transfer or through alternative methods of payment such as Skrill, NETELLER...

3. I used my credit card on the NetBet Poker account of a friend and now I cannot place it on mine.

For security reasons, a bank card cannot be registered to two player accounts at the same time.
To unlock your card, please contact us via our contact form specifying the last four digits of the card in question and the username (PSR) of the account that you registered.

Withdrawal

1. How can I withdraw my winnings?

Requests for withdrawals from your NetBet Poker account can be made at any time from the "Cashier" in the lobby, under the Withdrawal section.
Withdrawal requests are usually processed within 24 hours. You will receive a confirmation email once your request has been confirmed.
Allow 4 to 5 working days for your bank transfer to be credited to your bank account.

2. What are the conditions for withdrawal?

To validate requests for withdrawal, you must have already made a deposit of at least 10 EUR / USD / GBP / CHF / CAD.
You must also send a copy of your ID (identity card, passport or driving license) as well as a proof of address (ideally a recent utility bill).
The minimum amount authorised for withdrawals is 10 EUR / USD / GBP / CHF / USD.

3. What do IBAN, SWIFT and / or routing transit numbers mean?

This information is normally available on your bank statement or by contacting your bank:
- Swift code / BIC consists of 8 or 11 characters and is used to identify your bank,
- IBAN code begins with two letters identifying your country, then 2 digits, then up to 30 characters (letters or numbers) and is used to identify your bank account.
ABA code (routing transit number) is an additional code indicating which State the bank is in, where the account was opened. This code is only used for the United States and Canada.

4. I would like to cancel my withdrawal request and credit the amount to my account

During the validation process, you have the possibility to cancel your withdrawal request at any time by accessing the "Pending Withdrawals" section of "My Account". By cancelling a pending withdrawal request, the amount will be transferred back to your player account balance. If your withdrawal request is no longer visible please contact us here.

5. Does NetBet Poker collect any additional fees for deposits and withdrawals?

No fees are taken by our site for bank transactions. However, it is possible that transfer fees are enforced by your bank or for users of electronic wallets.

6. Can I change my NetBet Poker account currency?

If you wish to change the currency of your account, we will have to create a new account with different details (username and password).
Please note that this change will also change the status of your account, including records of your deposits / withdrawals, bonuses received and/or points accumulated in your old account. Please contact us to proceed with the transfer of your account.

BONUSES AND TOKENS

At NetBet Poker we love offering you bonuses and tokens. Some are credited to your account automatically, others you must opt in to receive or meet conditions to unlock.

1. Where can I find information on upcoming offers and terms and conditions?

Details of upcoming and current offers open to all players are regularly posted to the NetBet Poker website - just select Promotions from the menu bar. Offers just for you are sent to you privately so make sure you check your NetBet Poker inbox and registered email address for details of these exclusive bonuses.

2. How do I use an opt-in code?

Some bonuses are triggered by entering a promotional code (also referred to as an opt-in code). If you have an opt-in code please follow the steps below to receive your bonus.
- Opt-In Codes:
After logging in, go to the Cashier, then click on 'Bonus' => 'Enter Offer Code'. Enter the code in the box and submit.

3. Why is my code not working? (What are deposit codes?)

A deposit code is typically used only when you make your first deposit. Entering Opt-In Codes when making a deposit WILL NOT trigger your bonus.

NB. An Opt-In code CANNOT be used here.

4. Why haven't I received my bonus?

In order to receive the bonuses you must first have opted in for the bonus by entering a bonus code, met any relevant conditions attached to the bonus, and chosen to redeem your bonus. You can check your bonuses in the Cashier => Bonus.
Select 'Enter Offer Code' to opt in to a bonus.
Select 'Redeem Bonus' to view your pending bonuses and the 'Redeem' button to receive your reward.
NB. If you Redeem an offer containing multiple bonuses, you will receive only the bonuses for which you have met the release conditions. Any other bonuses in the offer will be forfeit.

5. I forgot to opt in - can I still receive the bonus?

As long as you meet the full conditions of the bonus, you should be able to claim your bonus by entering the code and then redeeming your Bonus.
For example: You can still claim a bonus on a deposit made within the offer period, as long as the deposit meets the conditions.
You have seven days from the end of the offer period to claim your bonus, after which it will no longer be available.
NB. Only the first deposit made in an offer period will be assessed for eligiblity. If the deposit does not meet the conditions, the bonus will not be made available to you.

6. What is a casino bonus?

Our casino bonuses can only be used on casino games available on our poker software.
To transfer any potential winnings to your real money balance, you must carry out the playthrough referred to in the bonus conditions.
Carrying out a playthrough means betting a certain number of times, using the bonus that you received, on our casino games. Playthrough is 50 for all casino bonuses unless otherwise stated in the bonus terms. The percentage that a casino game contributes towards achieving playthrough depends on the game played: 10% for table games and video poker, and 100% for all other games.

7. How do I use use my tokens and where can I find them?

The tokens represent free invitations to our tournaments and can be found in My Account => VIP Level & Tokens, or in the poker lobby in My Poker => Tokens
These can be acquired either following a win in our tournaments, as a purchase from the shop or as a prize received from us.
Please be aware that these invitations have an expiry date. Once expired, the tokens can no longer be used.
Tokens have no cash equivalent and cannot be transferred.

8. Which games can I use a Free Spin Bonus on?

Free Spin prizes are playable on stated games only and are non-refundable, non-transferable and cannot be converted to cash.

Games accepting Free Spins:
Burning Cherry 3D, Cat In Vegas, Cat Queen, Desert Treasure II, Easter Surprise, Fei Cui Gong Zhu, Fortunate Five, Fortune Hill, Fortunes of The Fox, Frankie Dettori's Magic Seven, Frankie Dettori's Magic Seven Jackpot, Funky Fruits Farm, Gladiator, Gladiator Jackpot, Halloween Fortune, Hotel of Horror, Jackpot Giant, Kong The Eighth Wonder Of The World, Monty Python's Spamalot Slot, Mr. Cashback, Multiplier Madness, Nian Nian You Yu, Piggies and the Wolf, Pink Panther, Rocky, Santa Surprise, Secrets of the Amazon, Sherlock Mystery, Streak of Luck, Sunset Beach, Tennis Stars, The Mummy, The Riches of Don Quixote, The Three Musketeers and The Queen's Diamond, Top Trumps Celebs, Top Trumps World Football Stars 2014, Vacation Station Deluxe, White King, Wu Long, Zhao Cai Jin Bao

9. What is a Golden Chip Bonus?

Golden Chip is a new type of bonus that can be played at our NetBet table games! Each Golden Chip has a set value (see Terms and Conditions of each promotion). Wagering conditions on winnings apply. When you receive a Golden Chip you will get a notification. You can then either accept or decline the bonus.

Our Golden Chips can only be used on the following NetBet Poker games: American Blackjack, Baccarat, Blackjack, Blackjack Peek, Blackjack Pro (Single-Deck Blackjack), Blackjack Super 21, Blackjack Surrender, Blackjack Switch, Blackjack UK, Double Attack Blackjack, European Roulette (Flash only), French Roulette (Flash only), NewAR Roulette, Perfect Blackjack, Pick’em Blackjack, Pontoon, Premium American Roulette, Premium European Roulette, Premium French Roulette, Premium Roulette Pro, Punto y Banca, Roulette Pro (Flash only) Live Casino.

You can find your Golden Chips as soon as you take your seat at the table:

- Golden Chips cannot be combined with regular chips on the same betting position in card games.
- Only one Golden Chip can be used per game round, and only for initial bets in card games.
- When using Golden Chips in any game, a player cannot place cash bets.

Conditions and Wagering: Any winnings received by betting Golden Chips will be transferred to your bonus balance. No Golden Chips will be returned. To transfer any potential winnings to your real money balance, you must carry out the play-through referred to in the bonus conditions. The promotion specific play-through can be found in the promotion’s T&Cs.

Use of software

1. What is the minimum system requirements to install the NetBet Poker software?

- Windows 98, ME, 2000, XP, Vista or 7.
- Pentium 400MHz or faster. CPU with at least 128MB of RAM.
- Minimum screen resolution 800 by 600 pixels with 16-bit ("High Colour").
- At least 30MB of free disk space.

2. I have problems installing the software

To install the NetBet Poker software, please configure your antivirus / firewall so that it does not block the installation of our software.
If the problem persists, please contact using our contact form explaining the error message that occurred.

3. Can I change the language of my software?

You can change the language of the software by reinstalling the software at the start of the installation.

4. I use a Mac

We would like to inform you that our downloadable software is not compatible with Macs.

5. I have trouble connecting to the software

First of all, we recommend that you check the stability of your connection.
Alternatively, we recommend that you reinstall our software.
If the problem persists and it disconnects during a game, you can contact us specifying the date and approximate time, the full name of the tournament/table that were playing as well as the number of the last hand that you played.
All this information is available in your poker account in the My Account - Tournament/Table history.

Poker and table games

1. I was insulted by another player/ I am a victim of collusion

If you have been a victim of unfair behaviour, please contact us using our contact form, stating the full name of the tournament/table, the time of the tournament/table and the pseudo of the player concerned. After the necessary checks, NetBet Poker will take the necessary disciplinary action.

2. How can I get the password for a private tournament?

The tournaments that are protected by a password are either private, organised by one of our affiliates or by one of our customers. Usually, the corresponding passwords can be found on our affiliates’ websites. We are not allowed to provide you with the passwords for private tournaments because the organisers of these tournaments retain the right to do so themselves.

3. Have you encountered a connection problem during a tournament?

If you think this problem is not related to your Internet connection or your computer, please specify the date, time, type of game played, the amount involved and, if possible, the name of the table.
If it turns out that this problem is related to a technical problem resulting from our services, we will arrange a refund based on our conditions.

Not found the answer to your question here? You can go to the CONTACT section of our site to send us your questions.

4. How can I use the Time Bank for longer decisions?

In poker, certain decisions are easier to make than others, and sometimes you might wish you had a bit more time to think about your move. This is now possible thanks to the Time Bank feature that has already been available for a long time in tournaments.

The Time Bank feature is activated when you reach the maximum time given to make a decision. You can decide when you want your time bank to start by changing the settings in NetBet Poker's software.
- automatically when you invest chips: in other words, if you contribute to the pot.
- automatic activation: the time bank is activated automatically when you have reached the maximum time given to make a decision.
- manual activation: the player activates the time bank when they need it.

5. What are Multi-Entry (MET) and Re-Entry (RET) Tournaments?

Multi-Entry
On NetBet Poker you can register for the same tournament more than once (on selected tournaments only) and play on multiple tables for the same tournament.
Your entries will be seated at different tables with their own stack and their own hands. If you have more entries than there are tables left in the tournament, two or more of your entries will be merged into one.

Re-Entry
Tournaments with re-entry enable you to register for the same tournament again, as long as late registration is still available - as a result, the prize pool will be even bigger!
How are they different to re-buy tournaments?
In a re-buy tournament you can re-buy chips to return to the game, and you will stay at the same table.
In a re-entry tournament, when you are eliminated, you can return to the tournament again. Therefore if purchase a new buy-in, you will receive a new stack, and you'll sit at a new table as if you were a new player.

My NetBet account

1. How to register?

To create your NetBet Poker account, please access the “REGISTER” section which will open the account registration form. Please fill out your personal details in the corresponding fields and click the”CREATE MY ACCOUNT” button. You will then receive a link via email which you need to access, in order to validate your registration.

2. Is it necessary to confirm my personal data?

All the information included in the registration form that you sent to NetBet Poker must be accurate and correspond to the information listed on your identification documents.

3. I did not receive the welcome email

There might be several reasons why the message did not reach your NetBet Poker inbox: Please make sure that you filled in the correct email address when creating your account. The message might have been redirected to your Spam/ Junk mail folder as a result of activated mailbox filters. Contact customer support at: support@netbetpoker.com for further assistance if you have already tried the previous steps.

4. I have forgotten my username or password

Should you not remember your login details, please contact the Support Team at: support@netbetpoker.com. You may use the “Forgotten your password?” option available on the site to request a new password for your account.

5. I want to change my contact email address

You can request any changes/ updates that you wish to make regarding your player account details by sending an email request to: support@netbetpoker.com

6. I would like to create another account

The rules of our site prohibit multiple accounts. If you have forgotten the username and password of your current player account, please contact us at: support@netbetpoker.com

NetBet Poker Inbox

1. Where can I find my NetBet Poker inbox?

Your inbox is just located under your username in the top right corner of the NetBet Poker website. Click on the envelope icon to access it.

2. Why should I use my NetBet Poker inbox?

You can directly communicate with our support team without having to access your personal email account. This is much quicker if you have a question for our customer service or wish to submit any documents.

3. How do I send a message to customer support?

Go into your NetBet Poker inbox and simply click on "new message”, enter your questions, enter the security code and submit your message.

4. Can I send documents from my NetBet Poker inbox?

Absolutely! Just go to your inbox and click on ‘’Create message’’. You can then upload up to 3 documents of up to 20 MB and submit them to us. This is the quickest way to send us documents.

Others

1. I would like to close my NetBet Poker account

Please send an email to support@netbetpoker.com explaining that you would like to stop playing on our site.

2. Can I play your games using a device such as a tablet, phone, iPad or iPhone?

The NetBet Poker website runs games using flash technology. This means that any tablet, phone or device that does not support flash (like iPhones and iPads) will not be able to run the games.
You might be able to access the website, register and make a deposit using your device’s browser, providing it is recent enough to support HTML5/Ajax.

Poker770 Migration FAQ

1. What is my username on NetBet.com?

Your username will remain exactly the same as the one you had on Poker770.com. Please remember that the format for your username is as follows: PSRXXXXXXXX. If you have forgotten your username please send an email to our Customer Service team at: support@netbetpoker.com.

2. What is going to happen to my real money balance?

When you migrate your account from Poker770 to NetBet, your real money balance is automatically transferred to your NetBet account. You can immediately access your funds on NetBet once migrated.

3. How do I migrate my Poker770 account to NetBet?

Simply log in to the Poker770 software and we will install the NetBet software and migrate your account automatically.

4. Can I still play on Poker770?

It is no longer possible to play with the Poker770 software, however once you have migrated your account you can immediately play and access your funds and bonuses on NetBet.com.

5. How can I cash out my Poker770 real money balance?

Simply migrate your Poker770 account to NetBet and access your funds from https://poker.netbet.com/. You may then immediately request a cash out once your account has been migrated.

6. What happens to my Poker770 pending bonuses, VIP status and points?

Don’t worry, all Poker770 bonuses, points, balances and VIP status’ will be transferred to NetBet! As a loyal player from Poker770 you will also be able to enjoy more bonuses and special offers on NetBet. The VIP Club will be the same as the Poker770 Club, therefore you will still have the same advantages plus lots more! Please allow up to 24 hours for the transfer of bonuses and points into your account.

7. Do I keep the same password as I had for my Poker770 account?

Yes, your password will be the same as the one you used for your Poker770 account. So, after you have logged in to the Poker770 software to complete migration, you can sign in to our NetBet website using the same credentials.

8. Why is Poker770 changing to NetBet?

Poker770 has been a well-established poker brand for 12 years and is joining forces with NetBet in order to offer you a wider range of products and games. We hope you will enjoy being part of our larger family.

9. What poker software does NetBet use?

NetBet uses the same Playtech software as Poker770!

10. I had a pending withdrawal when my account was being migrated to NetBet. What is going to happen to my withdrawal?

Don’t worry! If you had a pending withdrawal when you migrated your account, we would have automatically cancelled it and put it back into your real money balance. In any case, you will now immediately be able to access all of your funds and request the pending withdrawal again on Poker770.

11. Will there be a maintenance period?

Yes, unfortunately the software will be unavailable for a few hours on the 3rd of September 2014 while we update accounts.

12. Will I keep my advertiser/affiliate?

Yes - your account will continue to be linked with your affiliate.

13. Will the standard promotions (Free20, Cash machine, Free Festival, MPS) also be available on NetBet?

Yes - all current Poker770 promotions will continue and you can keep up to date with exciting new offers at poker.netbet.com. As a player with an existing account you will NOT be able to claim "new player" or "welcome" bonuses.

Create an account

Stage 1 - Create an account

In order to benefit from all NetBet Vegas's great deals, you need to create a new account.

Fill in the registration form. Carefully read and accept the Terms and Conditions and then click "Create".
NOTE: Information that you share with us will remain strictly confidential.

Stage 2 - Your login details

NetBet Vegas will provide you with a username and a password, keep both of them safe. In addition, NetBet Vegas will send you a welcome e-mail with a reminder of your login details and our best current offers.

You are now registered in Fun mode. In order to change to Real mode, read the following stage.

Stage 3 - Register a credit card

To change to real mode, click on the CASHIER button on the bottom left of the lobby.
In order to create an account in Real Mode, you must provide some additional information to guarantee the security of your financial transactions as well to enable us to identify you.

When the second part of the registration process is finished, go back to the CASHIER to register your credit card.

In CREDIT CARD, click on REGISTER NEW CREDIT CARD, then fill in the necessary sections to register your new card. Click on VALIDATE. You will now be able to make deposits and withdrawals.

My account

1. I did not receive the registration confirmation message containing my login details

Sometimes, inboxes have anti-spam tools which can send emails from us to the junk folder.
If you don’t receive our messages, we advise you check your spam/junk folder in your inbox.
Adding our addresses to your address book will resolve this problem.
If you still haven't received any emails from us, please contact our customer service team using the contact form here indicating your username.

2. I have lost my username or it doesn’t work

If you have forgotten your username, you must contact our Customer Service Department using our contact form confirming your personal information: name, surname and date of birth.
Please note that our software makes the distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters when filling in your login details - username or PSR (PSRXXXX) and password.

3. I have forgotten my password

To recover your NetBet Vegas password, you can use the "Forgotten password?" option when you start the software and receive a temporary password by e-mail.
You must then restart the software and enter the temporary password that you received. You can then confirm your new password.

4. I want to change my contact e-mail address

To change the email address for your account, you must contact our Customer Service Department using our contact form confirming your personal data: name, surname, date of birth and both your old and your new email addresses.

5. I would like to change my PSR (PSRXXX) or my username

Your PSR and your username are 2 items that cannot be changed. They allow you to sign in the NetBet Vegas community.
We also remind you that in accordance with our Terms and Conditions, you are only allowed one account per user and per household.

6. I cannot open a player account

Our system has been specially designed to allow you to only open one player account per computer. If another player account has already been opened using your computer, you will receive an automatic message containing the login details of this account.
To open your own account on our site, we advise you to complete the registration process from a different computer. You can then access this account from any computer.

7. How do I change my account from FUN mode to REAL mode?

Creating a player account on our site can be carried out in two steps:
- In Fun Mode (free), you can use your account just for fun, without having the chance of winning real money.
- A Real Mode account enables you to deposit, win real money, take advantage of our bonuses and take part in our promotions.
This can be easily carried out by going to the "Cashier" in your Fun account and filling in a new form with your personal data.

8. I would like to create another account.

Conforming to the rules of our site, having multiple accounts is not allowed. If you have forgotten the username and password of your current player account, please contact us via our contact form.

9. My account is blocked. What should I do?

For security reasons, our system automatically blocks access to your player account for 30 minutes when you enter an incorrect password 3 consecutive times.
Please note that our software makes a distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters when you fill in your login details – username or PSR (PSRXXXX) and password.
If the problem persists, please contact via our contact form.

10. I would like to close my NetBet Vegas account

Please send us a message explaining the reason for your request using our contact form and tell us exactly why you wish to stop playing on our site.

11. Can I use my email to log in?

Yes. Logging into your NetBet account has never been easier. You can now use either your email address or username to log in on both desktop and mobile.

Deposits

1. How can I make a deposit into my player account?

Deposits can easily be made from the "Cashier" page at the top right of the NetBet Vegas website. You will find all the payment methods on offer.

2. I cannot deposit with my credit card.

First of all, we recommend that you make sure the card number and security code (last 3 digits on the back) were entered correctly. Please ensure that the expiry date is correct.
If the problem persists, we suggest that you contact your bank to ensure there are no special restrictions imposed on your card.
If the problem persists, please contact us using our contact form
We would also like to remind you that you can credit your account via bank transfer or through alternative methods of payment such as Skrill, NETELLER...

3. I used my credit card on the NetBet Vegas account of a friend and now I cannot place it on mine.

For security reasons, a bank card cannot be registered to two player accounts at the same time.
To unlock your card, please contact us via our contact form specifying the last four digits of the card in question and the username (PSR) of the account that you registered.

Withdrawal

1. How can I withdraw my winnings?

Requests for withdrawals from your NetBet Vegas account can be made at any time from the "Cashier" in the lobby, under the Withdrawal section.
Withdrawal requests are usually processed within 24 hours. You will receive a confirmation email once your request has been confirmed.
Allow 4 to 5 working days for your bank transfer to be credited to your bank account.

2. What are the conditions for withdrawal?

To validate requests for withdrawal, you must have already made a deposit of at least 10 EUR / USD / GBP / CHF / CAD.
You must also send a copy of your ID (identity card, passport or driving license) as well as a proof of address (ideally a recent utility bill).
The minimum amount authorised for withdrawals is 10 EUR / USD / GBP / CHF / USD.

3. What do IBAN, SWIFT and / or routing transit numbers mean?

This information is normally available on your bank statement or by contacting your bank:
- Swift code / BIC consists of 8 or 11 characters and is used to identify your bank,
- IBAN code begins with two letters identifying your country, then 2 digits, then up to 30 characters (letters or numbers) and is used to identify your bank account.
ABA code (routing transit number) is an additional code indicating which State the bank is in, where the account was opened. This code is only used for the United States and Canada.

4. I would like to cancel my withdrawal request and credit the amount to my account

During the validation process, you have the possibility to cancel your withdrawal request at any time by accessing the "Pending Withdrawals" section of "My Account". By cancelling a pending withdrawal request, the amount will be transferred back to your player account balance. If your withdrawal request is no longer visible please contact us here.

5. Does NetBet Vegas collect any additional fees for deposits and withdrawals?

No fees are taken by our site for bank transactions. However, it is possible that transfer fees are enforced by your bank or for users of electronic wallets.

6. Can I change my NetBet Vegas account currency?

If you wish to change the currency of your account, we will have to create a new account with different details (username and password).
Please note that this change will also change the status of your account, including records of your deposits / withdrawals, bonuses received and/or points accumulated in your old account. Please contact us to proceed with the transfer of your account.

BONUSES

At NetBet Vegas, we love offering you bonuses and tokens. Some are credited to your account automatically (Welcome Offers) but others require you to opt in, or meet conditions to unlock them.

1. Where can I find information for upcoming offers and terms and conditions?

Details of upcoming and current offers open to all players are regularly posted to the NetBet Vegas website. Just select Promotions from the menu bar. Offers just for you are sent to you privately, so make sure you check your NetBet Vegas inbox and registered email address regularly for details of these exclusive bonuses.

2. How do I use an opt-in code?

Some bonuses are triggered by entering a promotional code (also referred to as an opt-in code). If you have an opt-in code, please follow the steps below to receive your bonus.
- Opt-In Codes:
After logging in, go to the Cashier, then click on 'Bonus' => 'Enter Offer Code'. Enter the code in the box and submit.

3. Why is my code not working? (what are deposit codes?)

A deposit code is typically used when you make your first deposit only. Entering Opt-In Codes when making a deposit WILL NOT trigger your bonus.

NB. An Opt-In code CANNOT be used here.

4. Why haven't I received my bonus?

In order to receive bonuses, you must first have opted in to the bonus by entering a bonus code, met any conditions attached to the bonus and then chosen to redeem your bonus. You can check your bonuses in the Cashier => Bonus.
Select 'Enter Offer Code' to opt in to a bonus.
Select 'Redeem Bonus' to see your pending bonuses and the 'Redeem' button to receive your reward.
NB. If you Redeem an offer containing multiple bonuses, you will receive only the bonuses for which you have met the release conditions! Any other bonuses in the offer will be forfeit.

5. I forgot to opt in - can I still receive the bonus?

As long as you meet the full conditions of the bonus, you should still be able to claim your bonus by entering the code and then redeeming your bonus.
For example: You can still claim a bonus on a deposit made within the offer period as long as the deposit meets the conditions.
You have seven days from the end of the offer period to claim your bonus - after which it will not be available.
NB. Only the first deposit made in an offer period will be assessed for eligiblity. If the deposit does not meet the conditions, the bonus will not be available to you.

6. What is a Casino bonus?

Our casino bonuses can only be used on casino games available on our NetBet Vegas website.
To transfer any potential winnings to your real money balance, you have to carry out the playthrough referred to in the bonus conditions.
Carrying out a playthrough means betting a certain number of times using the bonus that you received, on our casino games. Playthrough is 50 for all casino bonuses unless otherwise stated in the bonus terms. The percentage that a casino game contributes to achieving playthrough depends on the game played : 10% for table games and video poker, and 100% for all other games.

7. How can I use my Free Spins?

Once they have been accepted, Free Spins can be played only on designated games as follows:

When accessing an eligible game, you must click on the “Free Spin” button (bottom left) as shown below in order to use your Free Spin credits.

8. In which games can I use my Free Spins?

Once you have accepted your Free Spins, they can be used only on the designated games listed below:

Ace Ventura

Adventures beyond Wonderland

Adventures in Wonderland

Age of the Gods

Age of the Gods - God of Storms

American Dad

Bai Shi

Batman & Catwoman Cash

Batman & Mr. Freeze Fortune

Batman & The Joker Jewels

Batman & The Penguin Prize

Batman vs. Riddler

Batman Batgirl

Bounty of the Beanstalk

Buffalo Blitz

Burning Cherry 3D

Cat In Vegas

Cat Queen

Cat Queen Kiosk

Chests of Plenty

Crazy Spins Jackpot

Da Vinci's Vault

Desert Treasure II

Dirty Dancing

Easter Surprise

Fairest of them All

Fairground Fortunes

Fate Sisters

Fei Cui Gong Zhu

Feng Kuang Ma Jiang

Fields Of Fortune

Firemen

Five Tiger Generals

Fortunate Five

Fortune Day

Fortune Hill

Fortune Lions

Fortunes of The Fox

Frankie Dettori's Magic Seven

Frankie Dettori's Magic Seven Jackpot

Funky Fruits Farm

Furious Four

Geisha Story Jackpot

Gem Heat

Gem Queen

Gladiator

Gladiator Jackpot

Goddess of Wisdom

Green Lantern

Halloween Fortune

Halloween Fortune II

Hawaiian Treasure

Heart of the Jungle

Heart of the Frontier

Heavenly Ruler

Holy Grail

Hotel of Horror

Ice Cave

Inca Jackpot

Jackpot Giant

Jekyll and Hyde

Ji Xiang Ba PT Legacy

Jin Qian Wa

Juicy Booty

Jungle trouble

Jurassic Island

King of Olympus

Kong The Eighth Wonder Of The World

Land of Gold

Leprechaun's Luck

Lie Yan Zuan Shi

Liu Fu Shou

Long Long Long

Magical Stacks

Man of Steel

Miss Fortune

Mobile Desert Treasure

Monty Python's Spamalot Slot

Mr. Cashback

Multiplier Madness

Native Frankie Dettori's Magic Seven

Native Samba Brazil

Neon Life

Nian Nian You Yu

Nian Nian You Yu Asia

Nostradamus

Piggies and the Wolf

Pink Panther

Prince of Olympus

Queen Of Wands

Roaring Wilds

Robocop

Rocky

Santa Surprise

Savannah Cash

Secrets of the Amazon

Sherlock Mystery

Si Ling

Si Xiang

Silent Samurai Jackpot

Sinbad's Golden Voyage

Space Invaders

Spud O'Reilly Crops od Gold

Streak of Luck

Sunset Beach

Superman

Superman II

Tennis Stars

The Flintstones

The Mummy

The Riches of Don Quixote

The Three Musketeers and The Queen's Diamond

The Winnings of Oz

Tiki Paradise

Tine for a Deal

Top Gun

Top Trumps Celebs

Top Trumps World Football Stars 2014

Triple Monkey

Vacation Station Deluxe

White King

Who wants to be a Millionaire

Wild Gambler

Wild Wishes

Wu Long

Wu Long Jackpot

Wu Lu Cai Shen

Zhao Cai Jin Bao

Zhao Cai Jin Bao Jackpot

Zhao Cai Tong Zi

9. What is a Golden Chip Bonus?

Golden Chip is a new type of bonus that can be played at our NetBet table games! Each Golden Chip has a set value (see Terms and Conditions of each promotion). Wagering conditions on winnings apply. When you receive a Golden Chip you will get a notification. You can then either accept or decline the bonus.

Our Golden Chips can only be used on the following NetBet Vegas games: American Blackjack, Baccarat, Blackjack, Blackjack Peek, Blackjack Pro (Single-Deck Blackjack), Blackjack Super 21, Blackjack Surrender, Blackjack Switch, Blackjack UK, Double Attack Blackjack, European Roulette (Flash only), French Roulette (Flash only), NewAR Roulette, Perfect Blackjack, Pick’em Blackjack, Pontoon, Premium American Roulette, Premium European Roulette, Premium French Roulette, Premium Roulette Pro, Punto y Banca, Roulette Pro (Flash only) Live Casino.

You can find your Golden Chips as soon as you take your seat at the table:

- Golden Chips cannot be combined with regular chips on the same betting position in card games.
- Only one Golden Chip can be used per game round, and only for initial bets in card games.
- When using Golden Chips in any game, a player cannot place cash bets.

Conditions and Wagering: Any winnings received by betting Golden Chips will be transferred to your bonus balance. No Golden Chips will be returned. To transfer any potential winnings to your real money balance, you must carry out the play-through referred to in the bonus conditions. The promotion specific play-through can be found in the promotion’s T&Cs.

My NetBet account

1. How to register?

To create your NetBet Vegas account, please access the “REGISTER” section which will open the account registration form. Please fill out your personal details in the corresponding fields and click the”CREATE MY ACCOUNT” button. You will then receive a link via email which you need to access, in order to validate your registration.

2. Is it necessary to confirm my personal data?

All the information included in the registration form that you sent to NetBet Vegas must be accurate and correspond to the information listed on your identification documents.

3. I did not receive the welcome email

There might be several reasons why the message did not reach your NetBet Vegas inbox: Please make sure that you filled in the correct email address when creating your account. The message might have been redirected to your Spam/ Junk mail folder as a result of activated mailbox filters. Contact customer support at: support@netbet.com for further assistance if you have already tried the previous steps.

4. I have forgotten my username or password

Should you not remember your login details, please contact the Support Team at: support@netbet.com. You may use the “Forgotten your password?” option available on the site to request a new password for your account.

5. I want to change my contact email address

You can request any changes/ updates that you wish to make regarding your player account details by sending an email request to: support@netbet.com

6. I would like to create another account

The rules of our site prohibit multiple accounts. If you have forgotten the username and password of your current player account, please contact us at: support@netbet.com

NetBet Vegas Inbox

1. Where can I find my NetBet Vegas inbox?

Your inbox is just located under your username in the top right corner of the NetBet Vegas website. Click on the envelope icon to access it.

2. Why should I use my NetBet Vegas inbox?

You can directly communicate with our support team without having to access your personal email account. This is much quicker if you have a question for our customer service or wish to submit any documents.

3. How do I send a message to customer support?

Go into your NetBet Vegas inbox and simply click on "new message”, enter your questions, enter the security code and submit your message.

4. Can I send documents from my NetBet Vegas inbox?

Absolutely! Just go to your inbox and click on ‘’Create message’’. You can then upload up to 3 documents of up to 20 MB and submit them to us. This is the quickest way to send us documents.

Others

1. I would like to close my NetBet Vegas account

Please send an email to support@netbet.com explaining that you would like to stop playing on our site.

2. Can I play your games using a device such as a tablet, phone, iPad or iPhone?

The NetBet Vegas website runs games using flash technology. This means that any tablet, phone or device that does not support flash (like iPhones and iPads) will not be able to run the games.
You might be able to access the website, register and make a deposit using your device’s browser, providing it is recent enough to support HTML5/Ajax.

Learn how to play our games!

BlackJack

Our BlackJack game is composed of a dealer and a player. The dealer has 6 decks of cards, all mixed together.

Before the dealer starts dealing the cards, the player chooses the amount they want to bet by double clicking on the chips pile, varying from £1, £5, £10, £25, £50, £100 to £500, in order to place their bets. After placing their bet(s) the player must click on the “PLAY” button.

Once the dealer starts dealing the cards, the player cannot change their bets.
Different buttons light up depending on the different options to facilitate the game play. For example, if it is possible to split the cards into two piles, the button “SPLIT” will appear, allowing the player to play with two separate hands.

The objective of BlackJack is for the player to reach or to get as close as possible to 21 by adding the values of all the cards received by the dealer, per hand, without exceeding the amount of 21. The player will win the game if they have a total of 21 or if their total amount is higher than the dealer's. You will lose the game, or go “bust”, if you exceed the amount of 21. If the player's amount is equal to the amount of the dealer, the player will have their initial bet returned.
Each card is worth the number written on it. Figures like Jack, Queen or King are worth ten. Aces give the player the choice to count the card as either 11 or 1.

- The player receives 2 cards, face up. The player can take as many cards as they want.

- The dealer will also receive 2 cards; one will be face up, the other one will be face down. The dealer will only return their “hidden” card once the player is done with their game.

- After this the dealer turns over the 'hidden' card.
- If the dealer’s total amount is worth between 17 and 21, the dealer must “stand”

- If the total amount of their cards is equal to or less than 16, the dealer will continue to hit cards until they reach a total amount of 17 or more.

- As soon as the dealer exceeds 21, they lose the game and the player wins the bet.

- The player wins the game if the total amount of their hand is higher than the total amount of the hand of the dealer, without exceeding 21.

- All hands that are worth less than the total amount of the dealer's hand will lose.
- If the player has a Black Jack (which means they have a 10 or a figure with an Ace), they will win one and a half time their bet unless the dealer also has a Black Jack. In that case it would be a draw.

OPTIONS:

"DOUBLE"
The player can press the “DOUBLE” button after having received their first two cards.
This option will automatically double the initial bet made by the player and the dealer will serve the player a third card face up.
The player will not be able to receive any other card.
It is only possible for the player to double when he receives their first two cards or after having split their game.

"SPLIT"
If the first two cards received by the player have the same value, the player will be entitled to split their hand into two different hands..
Each hand is played independently.
The player plays now with two different hands and he can ask for as many cards as they want for each of their hands so long as he does not exceed 21.
If the player wants to split two Aces, if he gets BlackJack it will be considered a single 21. In this case a 21 from the croupier will be considered a draw.

"STOP"
The player can press the button “STOP” after having received their first two cards.
This operation allows the player to quit the game and to recover all or half of their initial bet, depending on the state of play.
The game will then start again as normal.

"INSURANCE"
The player has the choice to take an “INSURANCE” when the card face up of the dealer is an Ace. This means that the player may gamble one half of their initial bet in order to assure not to lose their entire bet if the dealer shows, besides their Ace, a hand with a 10 or a face card.
If the hand of the dealer is an Ace and a 10, the player wins two and a half times their insurance bet (which means he would keep their initial bet and their insurance bet).
If the card face down of the dealer has a value of less than 10, the player will lose their insurance bet and the game continue as normal. The winner will be the one who is the closest to 21.
You cannot Split or Double when you have Insurance.

"Push" or "Draw":
There is a draw when the dealer and the player have the same total amount in card values. In case of a draw no one loses and the player takes has their initial bet returned.

BlackJack Multihand

Game settings

The default chip denomination selected is 1.

How to play

In BlackJack Multi Hand you can play up to three different hands against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands, the dealer is not required to draw additional cards.The following information applies for all of the three possible hands per game.
Notes

- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.

To play BlackJack Multi Hand, follow the next steps:

Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place an Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a value, and then click on one of the Ante bet areas to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value on a hand cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.

Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.

Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:

- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.

Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:

- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the STAND button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. The ‘double’ option is only available for the first two cards. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand.
- SPLIT – If a main hand has the first two cards of equal value, you can use the SPLIT button to split it into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of main hand’s cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.

You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21.
Please note that after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can only split one time per betting zone.

- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, for any of the three main hands. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack. In case you have a BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you will be asked for ‘EVEN MONEY’.

If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
If dealer’s face down card is not a ten-value card, you lose the insurance bet and the game continues as normal. Note that you cannot split nor double after you place an insurance bet.
Note: When the game asks about INSURANCE (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.

- EVEN MONEY – You can choose ‘EVEN MONEY’ when you have BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. If you take ‘EVEN MONEY’, you win 1:1 on your initial bet and end the game. Even if the dealer has BlackJack, you win instead of having a push.

Note: when the game asks about EVEN MONEY (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.

Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of

- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceeding to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceeding to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceeding to Step 3.

Note: after a game session restore, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.

Payouts

Bet type	Payout
Ante bet	1:1
BlackJack	3:2
Insurance	2:1 the insurance bet
Even Money	1:1

The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.

Card Values

Every pack of cards has four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits are equal.

Card	Card value
2	2
3	3
4	4
5	5
6	6
7	7
8	8
9	9
10	10
Jack	10
Queen	10
King	10
Ace	1 or 11

Atlantic City BlackJack

Game settings

The default chip denomination selected is 1.

How to play

In BlackJack Atlantic City, you play a hand against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands, the dealer is not required to draw additional cards.

Notes

- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.

To play BlackJack Atlantic City, follow the next steps:

Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place the Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on the Ante bet area to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.

Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:

- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.

Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:

- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the STAND button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the ‘DOUBLE’ button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. The ‘double’ option is only available for the first two cards. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand.

Note: when splitting aces, you are not permitted to double.

- SPLIT – If your first two cards have the same value, you can use the ‘SPLIT’ button to split your current hand into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of the first two cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.

You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You can split one or both hands one time, if the cards that form the hands are of equal value. You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21. When splitting aces, you are not permitted to ask for more cards.
Note: after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can split 3 times total, for a maximum of 4 split hands.

- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack.

If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
If dealer’s face down card is not a ten-value card, you lose the insurance bet and the game continues as normal.
If the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you are offered INSURANCE, and the dealer checks for BlackJack. If the dealer’s face-up card is a ten-value card, INSURANCE is not offered and the dealer checks for BlackJack. If the dealer does not have BlackJack, DOUBLE and SPLIT are permitted.

- SURRENDER – is available at the start of a new hand, if you have not accepted INSURANCE and only if the dealer does not have a black jack. If you surrender, you receive half of your bet back.

Important: the dealer checks for BlackJack if their first card has the value of 10. If their first card is an Ace, you will be asked for insurance and the dealer will check for BlackJack before the game continues as usual.

Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of

- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.

Note: after a game session restore, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.

Payouts

Bet type	Payout
Ante bet	1:1
BlackJack	3:2
Insurance	2:1 the insurance bet

The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.

Card Values

All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.

Card	Card value
2	2
3	3
4	4
5	5
6	6
7	7
8	8
9	9
10	10
Jack	10
Queen	10
King	10
Ace	1 or 11

French BlackJack

Game settings

The default chip denomination selected is 1.

How to play

In BlackJack French, you play a hand against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands, the dealer is not required to draw additional cards. Unlike regular BlackJack, the Dealer does not receive a hole card.
Notes

- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.

To play BlackJack French, follow the next steps:

Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place the Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on the Ante bet area to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.

Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:

- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.

Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:

- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the STAND button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer draws other cards as necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive two cards with the combined value of 9, 10 or 11, click the ‘DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer draws other cards as necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand if the two cards have a combined value of 9, 10 or 11.

Note: when splitting aces, you are not permitted to double.

- SPLIT – If your first two cards have the same value, you can use the ‘SPLIT’ button to split your current hand into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of the first two cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.

You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21. When splitting aces, you are not allowed to ask for more cards.
Notes:
After the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack.
You can split two times total, for a maximum of 3 split hands.

- INSURANCE – You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer will get a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack.

If the dealer has an Ace and receives a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
DOUBLE and SPLIT are permitted after choosing INSURANCE.

Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of

- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.

Note: after a game session restore, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.

Payouts

Bet type	Payout
Ante bet	1:1
BlackJack	3:2
Insurance	2:1 the insurance bet

The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.

Card Values

All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.

Card	Card value
2	2
3	3
4	4
5	5
6	6
7	7
8	8
9	9
10	10
Jack	10
Queen	10
King	10
Ace	1 or 11

VIP Multihand BlackJack

Game settings

The default chip denomination selected is 100.

How to play

In BlackJack Multi Hand VIP you can play up to five different main hands against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands, the dealer is not required to draw additional cards.The following information applies for all of the five possible main hands per game.
Notes

- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.

To play BlackJack Multi Hand VIP, follow the next steps:

Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place an Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on one of the Ante bet areas to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value on a hand cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.
If you place an Ante bet that is less than the minimum limit, then this bet is automatically increased to reach the minimum limit.

Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:

- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.

Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:

- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the ‘STAND’ button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. The ‘double’ option is only available for the first two cards. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand.
- SPLIT – If a main hand has the first two cards of equal value, you can use the SPLIT button to split it into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of main hand’s cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.

You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21.
Please note that after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can only split one time per betting zone.

- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack. In case you have a BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you will be asked for ‘EVEN MONEY’.

If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
If dealer’s face down card is not a ten-value card, you lose the insurance bet and the game continues as normal.
Notes
You cannot split nor double after you place an insurance bet.
When the game asks about INSURANCE (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.

- EVENMONEY – You can choose ‘EVEN MONEY’ when you have BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. If you take ‘EVEN MONEY’, you win 1:1 on your initial bet and end the game. Even if the dealer has BlackJack, you win instead of having a push.

Note: when the game asks about EVEN MONEY (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.

Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of

- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.

Note: after a game session restore, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.

Payouts

Bet type	Payout
Ante bet	1:1
BlackJack	3:2
Insurance	2:1 the insurance bet
Even Money	1:1

The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.

Card Values

All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.

Card	Card value
2	2
3	3
4	4
5	5
6	6
7	7
8	8
9	9
10	10
Jack	10
Queen	10
King	10
Ace	1 or 11

Reno BlackJack

Game settings

The default chip denomination selected is 1.

How to play

In BlackJack Reno, you play a hand against the dealer's hand. The dealer draws on soft 17 (where the dealer has 17, formed with at least an Ace of value 11) and stands on hard 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands (over 21 in value on all possible hands), the dealer is not required to draw additional cards. If the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace or a 10-value card, the dealer does not check for BlackJack.

Notes

- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.

To play BlackJack Reno, follow the next steps:

Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place the Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on the Ante bet area to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.

Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:

- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.

Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:

- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the STAND button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand.

The DOUBLE option is only available for the first two cards of a hand, if their combined value is 10 or 11.

- SPLIT – If your first two cards have the same value, you can use the SPLIT button to split your current hand into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of the first two cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.

You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21.
Please note that after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can only split one time per betting zone. DOUBLE after SPLIT is not allowed.
Note: when splitting Aces, you will only receive one additional card for each Ace.

- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack. In case you have a BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you will be asked for ‘EVEN MONEY’.

If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
If dealer’s face down card is not a ten-value card, you lose the insurance bet and the game continues as normal.
Note: DOUBLE and SPLIT are permitted after choosing INSURANCE.

- EVENMONEY – You can choose ‘EVEN MONEY’ when you have BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. If you take ‘EVEN MONEY’, you win 1:1 on your initial bet and end the game. Even if the dealer has BlackJack, you win instead of having a push.

Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of

- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.

Note: after a game session is restored, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.

Payouts

Bet type	Payout
Ante bet	1:1
BlackJack	3:2
Insurance	2:1 the insurance bet
Even Money	1:1

The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.

Card Values

All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.

Card	Card value
2	2
3	3
4	4
5	5
6	6
7	7
8	8
9	9
10	10
Jack	10
Queen	10
King	10
Ace	1 or 11

BlackJack Multi Hand Super 7s

Game settings

The default chip denomination selected is 5.

How to play

In BlackJack Super 7s Multi Hand you can play up to three different hands against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands, the dealer is not required to draw additional cards.The following information applies for all of the three possible hands per game.
Notes

- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.

To play BlackJack Super 7s Multi Hand, follow the next steps:

Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place an Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on one of the Ante bet areas to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value on a hand cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.

Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:

- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.

Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:

- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the ‘STAND’ button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. The ‘double’ option is only available for the first two cards. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand.
- SPLIT – If a main hand has the first two cards of equal value, you can use the SPLIT button to split it into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of main hand’s cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.

You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21.
Please note that after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can only split one time per betting zone.

- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, for any of the three main hands. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack. In case you have a BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you will be asked for ‘EVEN MONEY’.

If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
Notes
DOUBLE and SPLIT are not permitted after choosing INSURANCE
When the game asks about INSURANCE (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.

- EVENMONEY – You can choose ‘EVEN MONEY’ when you have BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. If you take ‘EVEN MONEY’, you win 1:1 on your initial bet and end the game. Even if the dealer has BlackJack, you win instead of having a push.

Note: when the game asks about EVEN MONEY (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.

Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of

- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.

Note: after a game session is restored, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will appear to inform you about this.

S7 Special feature: The side bet is placed by clicking the circle 7 area. Each of the three main hands has an optional fixed side bet of 1 euro.

Note: There cannot be a side bet without a main bet on a hand.

Payouts

Bet type	Payout
Ante bet	1:1
BlackJack	3:2
Insurance	2:1 the insurance bet
Even Money	1:1

The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.

S7

Situation	Payout
1st card is 7	3:1
1st and 2nd cards are sevens of a different suit	50:1
1st and 2nd cards are sevens of the same suit	100:1
All 3 cards are sevens of a different suit	500:1
All 3 cards are sevens of the same suit	5000:1

Note: If the player gets two sevens on a main hand that also has the side bet placed, and uses the SPLIT option, he will only win the side bet payout for their initial hand. The side bet winnings are paid separately.

Card Values

All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.

Card	Card value
2	2
3	3
4	4
5	5
6	6
7	7
8	8
9	9
10	10
Jack	10
Queen	10
King	10
Ace	1 or 11

VIP BlackJack

Game settings

The default chip denomination selected is 100.

How to play

In BlackJack VIP, you play a hand against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands (over 21 in value on all possible hands), the dealer is not required to draw additional cards.

Notes

- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.

To play VIP BlackJack , follow the next steps:

Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place the Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on the Ante bet area to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.
If you place an Ante bet that is less than the minimum limit, then this bet is automatically increased to reach the minimum table limit.

Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:

- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.

Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:

- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the STAND button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. The ‘double’ option is only available for the first two cards. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand.
- SPLIT – If your first two cards have the same value, you can use the SPLIT button to split your current hand into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of the first two cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.

You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21.
Please note that after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can only split one time per betting zone.

- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack. In case you have a BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you will be asked for ‘EVEN MONEY’.

If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
If dealer’s face down card is not a ten-value card, you lose the insurance bet and the game continues as normal.
Note: You cannot split nor double after you place an insurance bet.

- EVENMONEY – You can choose ‘EVEN MONEY’ when you have BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. If you take ‘EVEN MONEY’, you win 1:1 on your initial bet and the game ends. Even if the dealer has BlackJack, you win instead of having a push.

Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of

- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.

Note: after a game session restore, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.

Payouts

Bet type	Payout
Ante bet	1:1
BlackJack	3:2
Insurance	2:1 the insurance bet
Even Money	1:1

The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.

Card Values

All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.

Card	Card value
2	2
3	3
4	4
5	5
6	6
7	7
8	8
9	9
10	10
Jack	10
Queen	10
King	10
Ace	1 or 11

European Roulette

There are many different ways of placing bets in European Roulette. Each wager covers a selection of different numbers and has a different distribution, as it is shown in the section of the “Payout Scheme” (see below). The European version of Roulette has only one zero and offers more chances to win than the American Roulette which has two zeros.

- Each player must initially choose the amount they want to gamble.
- Then place their bet(s) on the desired box(es).
- After having placed their bet(s), the player must press the “play” button in order for the dealer to activate the roulette wheel.
- Once the ball has stopped in a box, the dealer will announce the amount won by the player (if any).

Straight up
The player can gamble on any number, including 0, by placing a chip directly on a number.

Split Bet
The player can gamble on two numbers by placing a chip on the line which separates the two numbers.

Street Bet
The player can gamble on three numbers by placing a chip on the interior left border line of the Roulette table which is beside a corresponding row of the three numbers.

Corner Bet
The player can gamble on four numbers by placing a chip on the corner where four numbers meet on one point.

Four bet
The player can gamble on the numbers 0, 1, 2 and 3 by placing their chips on the interior left border line between 0 and 1.

Line bet
The player can bet on two street bets (meaning six different numbers on two rows of three numbers (streets) ), by placing a chip on the interior left border line where the line dividing the two rows is cut.

Column Bet
There are three tagged boxes “2:1” at the bottom of a numbers column.

- The player can gamble on all these numbers by placing their chips on one of these boxes.
- If one of the numbers from the player’s column is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid according to a ratio of 2:1; 0 is a losing number.

Dozen Bet
The player can gamble on a group of twelve numbers.

- by placing their chips in one of the three boxes marked “1st 12”, “2nd 12”, or “3rd 12”.
- If one of the 12 numbers of the player is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid according to a ratio of 2:1; 0 is a losing number.

Red/Black, Even/Odd, Top/Bottom Bet
The player can place a bet on one of the left side boxes, on the long side of the table, that covers half of the numbers of the Roulette table (except for the zero).

- Each box covers 18 numbers.
- The player bets the same amount on all of their wagers (1 to 1); 0 is a losing number.

Previous Numbers Screen
The previous numbers screen shows the last thirteen results.

Payout scheme

Chips	Term	Win
1 number	Straight Up	35 to 1
2 numbers	Split bet	17 to 1
3 numbers	Street Bet	11 to 1
4 numbers	Corner Bet	8 to 1
4 numbers	Four Bet	8 to 1
6 numbers	Line Bet	5 to 1
12 numbers	Dozen or Column Bet	2 to 1
18 numbers	Red/Black, Odd/Even or High/Low Bet	1 to 1

Note: you can make bets which include two, three or even four numbers.

- For example, by using the zero, the player can place bets on: 1+0, 1+2+0, 2+0, 3+0, or 1+2+3+0.

American Roulette

There are many different ways of placing bets in American Roulette. Each wager covers a selection of different numbers and has a different distribution, as it is shown in the section of the “Payout Scheme”

The American Roulette with double zero – with 0 and 00 – offers more betting possibilities than the European Roulette.

- Each player must initially choose the amount they want to gamble
- and then place their bet on the desired box(es).
- After having placed their bet(s), the player must then press the “play” button in order for the dealer to activate the roulette wheel.
- Once the ball has stopped in a box, the dealer will announce the amount won by the player (if any).

Straight Bet
The player can gamble on any number, including 0 and 00, by placing a chip directly on a number.

Split Bet
The player can gamble on two numbers by placing a chip on the line which separates the two numbers.

Street Bet
The player can gamble on three numbers by placing a chip on the interior left border line of the Roulette table which is beside a corresponding row of the three numbers.

Corner Bet
The player can gamble on four numbers by placing a chip on the corner where four numbers meet on one point.

Five Bet
The player can bet on the numbers 0, 00, 1, 2 and 3 by placing a chip on the interior left border line between 0 and the first line that cuts it.

Line Bet
The player can bet on two street bet (meaning six different numbers in two rows of three numbers (streets) ), by placing a chip on the interior left border line where the line dividing the two rows is cut.

Column Bet
There are three tagged boxes “2:1” at the bottom of a numbers column.

- The player can gamble on all these numbers by placing their chips in one of these boxes.
- If one of the numbers from the player’s column is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid 2:1; 0 and 00 are losing numbers.

Dozen Bet
The player can gamble on a group of twelve numbers:

- by placing their chips in one of the three boxes marked “1st 12”, “2nd 12”, or “3rd 12”.
- If one of the 12 numbers of the player is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid 2:1; 0 and 00 are losing numbers.

Red/Black, Even/Odd, Top/Bottom Bet
The player can gamble on one of the left side boxes, on the long side of the table, that covers half of the numbers of the Roulette table (except for the zero).

- Each box covers 18 numbers.
- The player bets the same amount on all of their wagers (1 to 1); 0 and 00 are losing numbers.

• Previous Numbers Screen
The previous numbers screen shows the last thirteen results.
Payout scheme

Straight Bet	Term	Win
1 number	Straight Bet	35 to 1
2 numbers	Split	17 to 1
3 numbers	Street Bet	11 to 1
4 numbers	Corner Bet	8 to 1
4 numbers	Four Bet	8 to 1
6 numbers	Line Bet	5 to 1
12 numbers	Dozen or Column Bet	2 to 1
18 numbers	Red/Black, Even/Odd or High/Low Bets	1 to 1

Note: The player is entitled to place bets which involve two, three, four or even five numbers.

- For example, by using the zeros, the player can place bets on: 1+0, 1+2+0, 2+0, 3+00, or 1+2+3+0+00.

Progressive Roulette

Rules for the Progressive Roulette are the same as for the European Roulette.

- There as many numbered pockets as in the European Roulette ranging from 0 to 36.
- The minimum bet is 2 credits:
- 1 credit on a side bet of the Progressive Roulette which is compulsory and
- 1 credit on the table.

The side bet makes you eligible for additional payouts according to the rules below:

The side bet is added to the total progressive amount at each spin, if you get the number you predicted:

- 2 times in a row, you win 15 credits
- 3 times in a row, you win 15 credits + 200 credits
- 4 times in a row, you win 15 credits + 200 credits + 3000 credits
- 5 times in a row, you win 15 credits + 200 credits + 3000 credits + the progressive JACKPOT

Irregularities cancel all the games and all the payments.

Slot machines

In order to play Slot machines:

- the player must first decide the amount to gamble. They can choose the amount to bet by pressing on the plus or minus stake button according to their intentions.

- The player must then decide on the number of lines to gamble on. Different slots have different numebrs of lines.

- The maximum number of lines a player can play varies with each slot machine. They can choose the number of lines by repeatedly pressing the “SELECT LINES” button.
- After choosing the amount they want to bet per line and the number of lines he wants to gamble on, he can also choose to bet from once to up to 3 times the first bet.
- the player has the choice of pressing the buttons corresponding with the number of bets available per line, e.g. “BET 1”, “BET 3”, “BET 5” and so on, or “BET MAX”.

The slot machine cycle

A game begins when:

- The player makes a bet from their credit meter that is not part of any previous game.

A game is considered complete when:

- The player cannot continue play activity without committing additional credits from the credit meter, and does not have credits at risk

The following are all considered to be part of a single game, i.e. have to be finished before the game is considered completed

- Games that trigger a free game feature and any subsequent free games
- Metamorphic features
- "Second screen" Bonus feature(s)
- The player's favourite games
- Games where the rules permit wagering of additional credits
- Game features

The period after completion of a game and before commencement of the next game is Idle Mode

"BET 1":
BET 1 Bet 1 allows the player to gamble one coin per game and per line.
After having placed their bet, the player must press the button "SPIN" which will automatically activate the slot.

"BET 2":
BET 2 lets a player bet 2 coins per game and per line.
After having placed their bet, the player must press the button "SPIN" which will automatically activate the slot.

"BET 3":
BET 3 Bet 3 allows the player to gamble two coins per game and per line.
After having placed their bet, the player must press the button "SPIN" which will automatically activate the slot.

"BET MAX":
BET MAX allows the player to automatically gamble the maximum number of coins per game and per line.
After having placed their bet, the player does not necessarily have to press the "SPIN" button as the “BET MAX” button may automatically activate the slot.

Baccarat

The objective of Baccarat is to obtain a hand where the total number of points is the closest to 9.

- The Aces count as one point; the cards from 2 to 9 keep their own values;
- the 10 and the face cards count as 0.
- If the total value of the player’s hand is 10 points or more, the player must withdraw 10 points off this first value; the rest will be considered as the number of baccarat points from the player’s hands.

For Example: 7 + 6 = 13 = 3 or 4 + 6 = 10 = 0

- Place your bet on either the banker’s hand (“Banker”), or on the player’s hand (“Player”) or on a tied game (“Tie”).
- The dealer will then distribute two cards to the player and two to the banker.
- In some cases the dealer will give a third card to the player or to the banker or even to both (according to the Third card rule).
- The cards are distributed from a pile of 6 mixed decks of cards. The cards are shuffled before each game.

The player who is the closest to 9 will be the winner of the game.

- If the player has bet on the “player” and the “player” wins, the player will be paid at a ratio of 2 to 1 on their initial bet.

- If the player has bet on the “banker” and that the “banker” wins, the player will be paid at a ratio of 2 to 1 on their initial bet, minus a commission of 5% that will be attributed to the bank.

In a case where the hands of both the “player” and the “banker” have equal totals, the game will be declared a “Tie”.

If the player has placed a bet on “Tie”, he will be paid at a ratio of 9 to 1 on their initial bet.

Third card rule

The following baccarat rules scheme shows cases where the player and/or the banker automatically receive, from the dealer, a third card.

For the player:

Value in points of the first two cards:
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5	Hit a card
6 - 7	Pass.
8 - 9	“First hand”, no more card.

For the banker:

Value in points of the first two cards:	Hit when the third card of player is:	Does not hit when the third card of the player is:
0 - 1 - 2	Hit in any case
3	0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 9	8
4	2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7	0 - 1 - 8 - 9
5	4 - 5 - 6 - 7	0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 8 - 9
6	6 - 7	0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 8 - 9
7	Always pass.
8 - 9	The player cannot hit	The player cannot hit

Important : If the player and/or the banker have a total of 8 or 9, the will both pass. This rule overrules any other rule.

Video Poker

The Video Poker machines are part of the big family of slot machines, but the winning combinations are the same as poker.

The objective of Video Poker is to obtain the best hand possible with 5 poker cards.

- The player must first choose the amount they want to gamble and the number of time they want to gamble this amount (by pressing one or more times on the button “BET 1”, or, if the player decides to bet the maximum amount per game, by pressing the button “BET MAX”).

- The player may then have to press the “CARDS” button in order to receive the first 5 cards.

- After having chosen the cards they want to keep or discard from their hand, either by clicking on the card or the button directly beneath it, the player then presses the “CARDS” button

- to deal the second hand. The dealer deals the new card(s) for this second hand according to the number of cards previously discarded by the player (the player must have in total 5 cards in hand). The process of keeping/discarding card occurs only once during the game.

The purpose of this game is to obtain the best combination of cards, in direct relation to Poker, possible in order to win higher payouts.

Payout schemes
The payout scheme can vary according to the game/tables on which the player is playing.

Example: An example of the payout scheme for the Video Poker: “Jacks or Better”:

Winning hands:

Jacks or better: The player only wins if he receives a pair of Jacks, Queens, Kings or Aces.
A lower pair will not entitle him to win anything.
Double pair: Two pairs of two different ranking cards (e.g. a pair of kings and a pair of 2s).
3 of a kind: Three cards with the same rank (e.g. three 7s).
Straight: Five consecutive cards but with different suits (e.g. 2 of hearts, 3 of spades, 4 of clubs, 5 of diamonds, 6 of clubs).
Flush: Five cards of the same suit in any order (e.g. 2, A, 9, 5, Q of heart).
Four of a kind: Four cards of the same rank (e.g. 7 of diamonds, 7 of clubs, 7 of heart, 7 of spades).
Straight flush: Five consecutive cards of the same suit (e.g. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 of clubs).
Royal Flush: Five consecutive cards of the same family starting from 10 and ending with Ace (e.g. 10, Jack, Queen, King, Ace of spade).

	1 Coin	2 Coins	3 Coins	4 Coins	5 Coins
Royal Flush	250	500	750	1000	3000
Straight Flush	50	100	150	200	250
4 of a kind	25	40	60	80	100
Full House	6	12	18	30	35
Flush	5	10	15	24	25
Straight	4	8	12	16	20
3 of a kind	3	6	9	12	15
Double Pair	2	4	6	8	10
Jacks or better	1	2	3	4	5

Stud Poker

- The player must first choose the amount to gamble and then click the “PLAY” button in order for the dealer to distribute the cards.
- The player and the dealer both receive 5 cards. All the dealer’s cards are face down except for one.
- At that stage of the game the player knows what their five cards are and he also knows what one of the five cards of the dealer has (the one face up).
- Accordingly the player must decide whether they want to see the four other dealer cards by pressing the “RAISE” button, or whether they prefer to give up their hand by pressing the “PASS” button.

By pressing the “PASS” button the player loses their initial bet.
By pressing the “RAISE” button the game continues and the player's initial bet is doubled.

The dealer will then have to show their five cards to the player.
The dealer will only qualify if their card combination includes an Ace and a King. - If the dealer does not qualify and the player has bet, the player wins one times their initial bet and recovers their initial bet and their raising bet.

- If the dealer qualifies and the dealer's hand beats the player's, the player loses their initial bet as well as their raising bet.

- If the dealer qualifies and player beats the dealer's hand, the player wins the game. The dealer will return the bets to the player (the player’s initial bet being doubled PLUS the raising bet) plus the amount won according to the cards combination obtained by the player (gains scheme defined below, as well as on top left of the game page).

Caribbean Stud Poker Payout scheme
Hand	Win
Royal Flush	100 to 1
Straight Flush	50 to 1
4 of a kind	20 to 1
Full House	10 to 1
Flush	8 to 1
Straight	5 to 1
3 of a kind	3 to 1
2 pair	2 to 1
Pair	1 to 1

Virtual Football League (VFL)

How to play
The VFL provides 24/7/365 real money betting experience on virtual football. The league consists of 16 teams and seasons run continuously. Each season comprises 30 match days (home and away matches). Bets can be placed at any time – even within a season.

Season information
One season lasts 141 minutes in total, separated into a ‘Pre League’ period, a ‘Matchday Loop’, and a ‘Post league’ period. The ‘Pre League’ period runs prior to the start of a season and lasts 2:30
minutes. All match days are summarized as the ‘Matchday Loop’ period with a total duration of 137:30. At the end of every season there is a 60 second ‘Post Season’ period.

Match day information
One match day lasts 4:35 minutes. It is separated into the ‘Pre Match’ period, ‘1st Half’, ‘Halftime’, ‘2nd Half’, ‘Post Match’ period and ‘Post Matchday’ period. The ‘Pre Match’ period runs prior to the start of a match for 60 seconds. The match lasts 1:30 minutes for each half with a halftime break of 10 seconds in-between. Each match is then followed by a 10 second ‘Post Match’ period and finally a 15 second ‘Post Matchday’ period.

Betting
Betting on a VFL match is allowed up to 10 seconds before kick-off. Betting markets for future match days of the current season remain open. When a future match day from the ‘Select Matchday’ bar at the bottom is selected, the matches related to that day along with the odds will be displayed in the lower odds section. The following match related betting options are available:

·    3Way: Score after 90 minutes (1 - home team wins; X - draw; 2 - away team wins)
·    1st Half 3Way: Half time score (1 - home team leads; X - draw; 2 - away team leads)
·    1st Goal: First goal of match (1 - home team scores first; X - no team scores; 2 - away team scores first)
·    Total: Number of goals scored in match (over; under)
·    Correct Score: Correct score after 90 minutes(0:0 to 3:3; others)
·    Handicap: Handicap points are added to the game’s final score, and the winner is
the team that wins with these additions (1 - home team wins; X - draw; 2 - away team wins)
·    Asian Handicap: Asian handicap betting applies a handicap to the favorite and re- duces the possible number of outcomes from three (in traditional 1X2 wagering) to two by eliminating the draw outcome. The handicap, which is either a whole number, a half-number or a mix of those, is trying to balance the market. In the event that a whole number is used for the handicap, the handicap adjusted final score could result in a draw where all bettors have their original wagers returned as there is no winner while quarter (¼) handicaps split the bet between the two closest ½ intervals where the bettor can win and tie (win ½ of wager) or lose and tie (lose ½ wager). The stake is automatically divided equally and placed as 2 separate bets.

Please refer to the following examples regarding settlement of bets:

Handicap	Team result	Bet result	Handicap	Team result	Bet result
0	Win	Win	0	Win	Win
	Draw	Stake refund		Draw	Stake refund
	Lose	Lose		Lose	Lose
- 0.25	Win	Win	+ 0.25	Win	Win
	Draw	Half lose		Draw	Half win
	Lose	Lose		Lose	Lose
- 0.50	Win	Win	+ 0.50	Win	Win
	Draw	Lose		Draw	Win
	Lose	Lose		Lose	Lose
- 0.75	Win by 2+	Win	+ 0.75	Win	Win
	Win by 1	Half win		Draw	Win
	Draw	Lose		Lose by 1	Half Lose
	Lose	Lose		Lose by 2+	Lose
- 1.00	Win by 2+	Win	+ 1.00	Win	Win
	Win by 1	Stake refund		Draw	Win
	Draw	Lose		Lose by 1	Stake refund
	Lose	Lose		Lose by 2+	Lose
- 1.25	Win by 2+	Win	+ 1.25	Win	Win
	Win by 1	Half lose		Draw	Win
	Draw	Lose		Lose by 1	Half win
	Lose	Lose		Lose by 2+	Lose
- 1.50	Win by 2+	Win	+ 1.50	Win	Win
	Win by 1	Lose		Draw	Win
	Draw	Lose		Lose by 1	Win
	Lose	Lose		Lose by 2+	Lose

Miscellaneous
All matches are broadcast as live video streams through an integrated media player in your browser. You can switch freely between the eight available games per match day or alternatively only follow your favorite match. The match simulations are created through a combination of Artificial Intelli- gence and independent random number generators. Simultaneously, the performance parameters of the VFL players are based on professional football players (e.g. in terms of number of goals, fit- ness, consecutive match-statistics, etc.).

Virtual Horse Classics (VHC)

How to play
The VHC provides 24/7/365 real money betting experience on virtual horse races. The VHC runs 2 independent race channels in parallel where each channel shows continuously generated race days. Bets can be placed up to 10 seconds prior to the start of the next upcoming race as well as on all future races of the current race days at any time.

Race day information
Race days are generated continuously - a new one will be started as soon as the current one has finished. The single race day covers 9 races on the same race track (turf or dirt) with an average total duration of a race day of 35 minutes.

Race information
Dependent on the number of participating horses (8, 10 or 12 horses) and the race distance (3 different distances per track) the single race has a total duration of approx. 3 to 5 minutes and, separated
into a ‘Race Begin’ (15 seconds), ‘Horse Introduction’ (6 seconds per horse), ‘Bet stop’ (10 seconds), ‘Race’ (70 to 160 seconds, dependent on race distance) and ‘Race End’ (10 seconds) period.
At the beginning/end of the race day there’s also a ‘Raceday Begin’/ ‘Raceday End’ (30 seconds each) period.

Betting
Betting on a VHC race is allowed up to 10 seconds prior to the race start. Betting markets for future races of the current race days (race channel 1 and race channel 2) remain open. When a future race from ‘Race Calendar’ is selected, the odds table at the bottom will automatically scroll to the corre- sponding position. The following race related betting markets are available:

Market	Description
Winner	You bet that the horse you selected will win.
Lay Winner	You bet that the horse you selected finishes not first.
Place	You bet that the horse you selected finishes first, second or third.
Lay Place	You bet that the horse you selected finishes not first, second or third.
Straight Forecast / Dual Forecast	With straight forecast bets you bet on the 2 horses which you expect to finish first and second in the correct order. You may also bet on a dual forecast that enables you to bet upon the first and second placed horses in any order. Therefore your total stake will be 2 times your original stake. As long as the two horses you select come in the first 2 positions, you will win your bet. Output limited to the 20 most likely.
Straight Tricast / Dual Tricast	With a straight tricast bet you must select the 3 horses that you think will finish first, second and third in the correct order. A dual tricast bet enables you to bet upon the first, second and third placed horses in any order. Therefore your total stake will be 6 times your original stake. As long as the three horses you select come in the first 3 positions, you will win your bet. Output limited to the 20 most likely.

Miscellaneous
All races are broadcast as live video streams through an integrated media player in your browser. You can switch freely between the two independent race channels or alternatively only follow your favorite channel. The race simulations are created through a combination of Artificial Intelligence and independent random number generators. The performance parameters of the VHC horses are based on real horses’ performance parameters (e.g. in terms of acceleration, speed and endurance consecutive race-statistics, etc.).

Virtual Dog Racing (VDR)

How to play
The VDR provides 24/7/365 real money betting experience on virtual dog races. The VDR continuous- ly generate meetings on alternating tracks, where each meeting consists of 12 races.
Bets can be placed up to 10 seconds prior to the start of the next upcoming race as well as on all future races of the current meeting at any time.

Meeting information
Meetings are generated continuously - a new one will be started as soon as the current one has fin- ished. The single meeting covers 12 races on the same race track (day or night track) with a total duration of 26 minutes and 15 seconds.

Race information
Dependent on the race distance (3 different distances) the single race has a total duration of approx. 1.5 to 4 minutes and, separated into a ‘Race Begin’ (65 seconds), ‘Bet stop’ (10 seconds), ‘Race’ (22 ,
36 or 48 seconds, dependent on race distance) and ‘Race End’ (15 seconds) period. At the beginning/end of the meeting there’s also a ‘Meeting Begin’/ ‘Meeting End’ (45/30 seconds) period.

Betting
Betting on a VDR race is allowed up to 10 seconds prior to the race start. Betting markets for future races of the current meeting remain open. When a future race from ‘Race Calendar’ is selected, the odds table will automatically switch to the corresponding position. The following race related betting markets are available:

Market	Description
Winner	You bet that the dog you selected will win
Place	You bet that the dog you selected finishes first or second
Show	You bet that the dog you selected finishes first, second or third
Straight Forecast / Dual Forecast	With straight forecast bets you bet on the 2 dogs which you think will finish first and second in the correct order. You may also bet on a dual forecast that enables you to bet upon the first and second placed dogs in any order. As long as the two dogs you select come in the first 2 positions, you will win your bet. Output limited to the 20 most likely dog combinations and ‘OTHER’ for Straight Forecast. Dual Forecast includes all 15 combinations.
Straight Tricast / Dual Tricast	With a straight tricast bet you must select the 3 dogs that you think will finish first, second and third in the correct order. A dual tricast bet enables you to bet upon the first, second and third placed dogs in any order. As long as the three dogs you select come in the first 3 positions, you will win your bet. Output limited to the 20 most likely dog combinations and ‘OTHER’ for Straight Tricast. Dual Tricast includes all 20 combinations.

Miscellaneous
All races are broadcasted as live video streams through an integrated media player in your browser. The race simulations are created through a combination of Artificial Intelligence and independent random number generators. The performance parameters of the VDR dogs are based on real dogs’ performance parameters (e.g. in terms of acceleration, speed and endurance consecutive race- statistics, etc.).

Virtual Tennis Open (VTO)

How to play
The VTO provides 24/7/365 real money betting experience on virtual tennis where we’re continuous- ly running 2 knock out cup tournaments in parallel. Each tournament consists of 4 rounds starting with 16 players (round 16, round 8, semi finals, final). In order to ensure sufficient time to betting the GUI always alternates between the 2 tournaments on a round base, means a grass cup round is al- ways followed by a hard court cup round and vice versa. Bets can be placed on all matches of the next available cup round.

Tournament information
Due to the parallel tournament approach one complete cup lasts for 25:30 minutes separated into a ‘Tournament Introduction’ period of 15 seconds prior to the cup start , the ‘Cup Round’ loop of 3:30 per cup round and a ‘Cup Celebration’ period of another 15 seconds at the end of each cup.

Cup round information
One cup round lasts 3:30 minutes. Dependent on the cup round, all available matches are fully broadcasted (round 16 = 8 matches, round 8 = 4 matches, semi finals = 2 matches, final = 1 match) where it’s up to the customer to switch the videos between the matches.

Betting
Betting on a VTO match is allowed up to 10 seconds prior to the match start. Betting is offered on game- set- and match level. Betting markets are always opened for at least 3:30 minutes prior to the match (betting on the next available grass round while the hard court round is in progress and vice versa). The following match related betting options are available:

Game level betting

·    Winner of game 1 in set 1 (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
·    Correct score of game 1 in set 1 (game-0; game-15; game-30; game-40 - 0- game; 15-game; 30-game; 40-game)

Set level betting
·    Winner of set 1 (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
·    Correct score of set 1: (6:0; 6:1; 6:2; 6:3; 6:4; 7:5; 7:6 – 0:6; 1:6; 2:6; 3:6: 4:6; 5:7; 6:7)
·    Total number of games in set 1: (Over / Under, 3 different offers)
·    Odd/even number of games in set 1: (Odd / Even)

Match level betting
·    Winner of the match (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
·    Final Result (in sets - best of 3) (2:0; 2:1 – 0:2; 1:2)
·    Total number of games in match: (Over / Under, 1 offer)

Miscellaneous
All matches are broadcast as live video streams through an integrated media player in your browser. You can switch freely between all available matches per cup round or alternatively only follow your favorite match. The match simulations are created through a combination of Artificial Intelligence and independent random number generators. Simultaneously, the performance parameters of the VTO players are based on professional tennis players (e.g. in terms of number of goals, fitness, con- secutive match-statistics, etc.).

Virtual Basketball League (VBL)

How to play
The VBL provides 24/7/365 real money betting experience on virtual basketball. The league consists of 16 teams and seasons run continuously. Each season comprises 30 match days (home and away match- es). Bets can be placed at any time – even within a season.

Season information
One season lasts 105 minutes in total, separated into a ‘Pre League’ period, a ‘Match day Loop’, and a ‘Post league’ period. The ‘Pre League’ period runs prior to the start of a season and lasts 2:30 minutes. All match days are summarized as the ‘Match day Loop’ period with a total duration of 137:30. At the end of every season there is a 60 second ‘Post Season’ period.

Match day information
One match day lasts 3:00 minutes. It is separated into a ‘Pre Match’ period, ‘1st Quarter’, ‘2nd quarter’, ‘Half time’, ‘3rd quarter’, ‘4th quarter’, Overtime (if the match result draw after the 4th quarter’ and ‘Post Match’ period. The ‘Pre Match’ period runs prior to the start of a match for 20 seconds. The match lasts 3:00 minutes in total, with a halftime break of 10 seconds in-between. Each match is followed by a 20 second ‘Post Match’ period.

Betting
Betting on a VBL match is allowed up to 10 seconds before tip-off. Betting markets for future match days of the current season remain open. When a future match day from the ‘Match Day’ bar at the bot- tom is selected, the matches related to that day along with the odds will be displayed in the lower odds section. The following match related betting options are available:

·    Match Winner, incl. OT: Score after 4 quarters (+ Overtime) (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
·    Total Points, incl. OT: Number of points scored by both teams in match, incl. overtime (over; under)
·    Handicap, incl. OT: Handicap points are added to the game’s final score, and the win- ner is the team that wins with these additions (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
·    Winning Margin, incl. OT: Margin between the points scored of both teams at the end of the match, incl. overtime
·    1st Half Winner: Winner of the first two quarters (1 - home team wins; x - draw, 2 - away team wins)
·    1st Half Total Points: Number of points scored in first half (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
·    1st Half Handicap: Handicap points are added to the game’s half time score, and the winner is the team that wins with these additions (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
·    1st Half Winning Margin: Margin between the points scored of both teams at the end of the first half (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
·    Race To x Points: Which team scores X points first (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
·    Highest Scoring Quarter: Quarter where the most points are scored in (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, equals)
·    Home Team Total Points, incl. OT: Number of points scored by home team in match, incl. overtime (over; under)
·    Away Team Total Points, incl. OT: Number of points scored by away team in match, incl. overtime (over; under)

Miscellaneous
All matches are broadcast as live video streams through an integrated media player in your browser. You can switch freely between the eight available games per match day or alternatively only follow your favorite match. The match simulations are created through a combination of Artificial Intelligence and independent random number generators. Simultaneously, the performance parameters of the VBL players are based on professional basketball players (e.g. in terms of number of points, fitness, consecu- tive match-statistics, etc.).

Sports Rules

Greyhounds

General

Bets on Greyhound Racing are accepted for all BAGS (Bookmakers Afternoon Greyhound Service) Meetings, BEGS (Bookmakers Evening Greyhound Service) Meetings, races covered live on terrestrial TV or Sky Sports and selected other meetings in the UK and Ireland that are covered by a full service on SIS and where we specifically advertise acceptance or where betting opportunities are available on the site.

Bets are settled on the official result called by the judge and any subsequent amendments will be ignored for settlement purposes.

Unless a show, early or Ante Post price is either offered or requested, all bets on greyhound racing will be settled at starting price returns. The starting price (SP) is the price available at the 'off' of a race. Where an SP or an industry SP is returned, this will take precedence over any other declared SP and will be used to settle bets where a no show, early or Ante Post price is requested. Where no SP is returned and no show, early or Ante Post price is requested, settlement will be based on the final show of betting transmitted by SIS. Where no betting shows are transmitted, greyhound bets will be void.

We cannot be held responsible for any errors or omissions in respect of accuracy in publishing or issuing of prices or information, despite every effort being made to ensure total accuracy. We reserve the right to correct these errors.

back to top

Each Way

Bets are accepted on win or Each Way. Using the Each Way checkbox will double the unit stake placed on the winning selection. It will contain one bet on the Winner and another bet on the Place. Terms will be written in the header of the event eg. E/W 1/4 1-2.

Number of Runners	Not Handicap Race
2-4	Win Only
5-7	1/4 odds for Place 1, 2
8	1/5 odds for place 1, 2, 3

The Each Way terms shown above are determined by the number of runners at the start of a race, not by when the bet was placed. If you place an Each Way bet for a race that is win only, the total stake will be invested in a win. For the purpose of settlement, Each Way doubles, trebles etc. are settled as two distinct bets, i.e. win on ‘to win’ and place on ‘to place’.

Each Way bets are not accepted on unnamed favourites.

back to top

Ante-Post

Standard Ante Post rules apply.

back to top

Show/Early Prices

Show prices are the current prices on offer at the course during the period before a race. Early prices are special prices compiled by us and are usually offered up until 15 minutes before the start of a race. Prices are subject to fluctuation. If you want a bet at show/early price you must request it at the time of placing your bet.

In the case of a non-runner, any bets at show prices or early prices will be settled at the starting price.

back to top

Re-Runs

Where a race has been declared a no-race and is re-run, all bets will stand for the greyhounds that take part in the re-run. The prices returned on the re-run will govern the settlement. Show/Early prices will stand for a re-run unless there is a non-runner, in which case all bets will be settled at the SP. A re-run greyhound race is taken in the order in which it was originally placed in the programme, irrespective of the time at which it was re-run. Where a race has been declared a no-race and is not re-run, all bets for that race will be made void and will not count for any additional race.

back to top

Forecasts

A Straight Forecast is a bet where you name two selections to finish 1st and 2nd in the correct order in a specified event.

A Reverse Forecast is a bet where you name two selections to finish 1st and 2nd in any order in a specified event.

A Combination Forecast is a bet where you choose three or more selections, with any of these to finish 1st and 2nd in a specified event.

Any winning Forecast is paid according to the official Computer Forecast return, which is declared to a £/€/$1 stake.

Forecasts will be accepted only in races of three or more runners and will be settled in accordance with the officially declared SP Computer Forecast Dividend. In races with fewer than three runners, the Forecast bet will be declared void.

If one of the selections becomes a non-runner in a Forecast bet, the total stake will be placed on the other remaining selection as a win single bet at the SP.

In a Combination Forecast, where a selection becomes a non-runner, the total stake of the bet will be divided equally between the possible forecast combinations, with the remaining selections and the forecasts, including the non-runner, becoming singles.

In the event of a dead heat, separate dividends will be declared for all the runners involved in the dead heat and forecast.

Unnamed favourites are not accepted for Forecast betting.

Forecasts are accepted for singles only.

back to top

Tricasts

A Tricast is a bet where you name the first three selections to finish first, second and third in the correct order in a specified race, in races where a Computer Forecast Dividend is declared.

A Combination Tricast is a bet where you name three selections to finish first, second and third in any order.

Any winning Tricast is paid out according to the official Computer Tricast return which is declared to a £/€/$1 stake.

Tricasts are offered on all races with 4 or more runners. If one of the selections in a Tricast bet becomes a non-runner, the bet will be settled as a Forecast on the remaining selections in the order they were selected. If two of the selections in a Tricast become non-runners, the bet will be settled as a win single on the remaining runner.

In the event of two or more runners dead-heating for first, second or third place, separate dividends will be declared and paid for each qualifying Tricast. In fixed price Tricasts, the full odds will be paid with the stake being split according to the number of runners which dead heat.

Unnamed favourites are not accepted for Tricast betting.

Tricasts are accepted for singles only.

back to top

Favourites

Bets on the favourite are accepted win-only at the starting price. Early prices or board prices cannot be taken on unnamed favourites.

The favourite is the greyhound quoted at the shortest odds in the official starting prices.

Where you nominate the favourite and two or more runners start at the same odds and these odds are shorter than those quoted against any other, then these two are equal first favourites and equal second favourites.

If two or more co-favourites are selected, the stake will be divided equally between them and paid at full odds.

back to top

Winter Sports

General

All bets are settled according to the official results of the winter sports federation governing the relevant race, even if not all of the scheduled events are held. Bets will be settled according to the official result declared after the race has finished. Any later appeals and disqualifications will not affect bets.

If an event does not take place as scheduled, unless it is postponed due to weather conditions, all bets are void. An exception is made if an incorrect kick-off time is announced on our website.

If an event is abandoned or suspended and not staged within 36 hours (local time) and on the same field (track) all bets are void.

Dead Heat rules apply.

back to top

Outright

Predict the winner of the stage, race (it will be specified in the name of the outright). If the participant does not start the official event, bets will be void.

back to top

Podium Position

Predict whether a participant will finish on the podium (1st, 2nd or 3rd place). If the participant does not start the official event, bets will be void.

back to top

Head to Head/Winner Full Time

Both participants must start the race for bets to stand. If both of them don’t finish the event, bets will be void, unless it is a multistage event. In that case the player that completes the later stage will be settled as the winner. For example if Player A withdraws or gets disqualified in 1st Round and Player B finishes 1st Round, Player B will be the winner.

If both of them withdraw or get disqualified at the same stage – bets will be void.

back to top

Boxing/UFC

General

If the fight does not take place as scheduled and is not played in the same date (local time) all bets are void. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.

The bell sound is the sign for the beginning of the first round for betting purposes.

When a fighter fails to answer the bell for the next round then his opponent will be deemed to have won in the previous round.

In declaration of a “No Contest”, all bets will be void and stakes will be refunded, with the exception of markets where the outcome has already been determined.

back to top

Winner

All bets will be valid regardless of changes to number of rounds to be fought. Declaration of a draw - all bets will be void and stakes will be refunded. This includes a fight which ends in a majority draw. Bets will be settled on the official result announced in the ring. Subsequent appeals/amendments do not affect settlement (unless the amendment was made due to human error when announcing the result).

back to top

Method of Victory

All bets will valid regardless of changes to number of rounds to be fought.

Draw or Technical Draw - Draw is scorecard draw. Technical Draw is if the referee stops the fight before the start of the 5th round, for any reason other than Knockout, Technical Knockout or disqualification.

Knockout - Knockout is when the boxer does not stand up after a 10 count. Technical Knockout is the 3 knockdown rule or if the referee steps in. Any corner retirement will be considered a technical knockout unless the fight is subsequently decided by the judges’ scorecards, or is a declared a No Contest.

Technical Decision - Decision is on scorecard points between the judges. Technical Decision is settled by the judges’ scorecards at any time other than at the end of the scheduled rounds.

back to top

Total Rounds

For settlement purposes where a half round is stated, then 1 minute 30 seconds of the respective round will define the half to determine Under or Over.

If the number of rounds for a fight is changed after this market has been set, then all bets will still have action unless the new number of rounds result in the quote being higher than the total number of rounds to be fought. Half of the official time for a round will be used for O/U total round bets. For example: 90 seconds into the 7th round of a boxing fight equals 6.5 rounds.

back to top

E-Sports

General

Settlement is made on the official result, as declared by the relevant governing body of the specified competition.

If a match is not played or is postponed, bets on it will be void, unless it is played within 48 hours of the originally scheduled start time, or a new event will be opened for betting if necessary.

If a player/team plays with a misspelled nickname or with a smurf account, the result and the bets are still valid, unless it is clear that this is not the player/team that was supposed to play that match.

If a player/team is given a walkover for at least one game/map/round before the match starts, all bets will be void.

back to top

Winner Full Time

Predict which player/team will win the match (map/round if specified in the title). If a match, game or map begins, but is not completed, all bets will be void. An exception is made when a player gets disqualified, in which case the player/team awarded the victory according to an official source for the competition will be settled as a winner. If the scheduled number of rounds/maps is changed, bets on Winner are still considered valid.

back to top

Spread & Over/Under Full Time

Spread is a way of making odds more competitive by giving the outsider an advantage.

Spread markets are determined based on the league in which they are played. In Starcraft and Dota these are maps, in Counter Strike these are rounds, etc. The settlement is based on the final score (maps/rounds won by each team) with the given handicap (spread) being added.

Over/Under, or total betting, is a prediction whether over or under stated number of games/maps/rounds will be needed to decide the winner.

If the match is not completed for any reason or the scheduled number of maps/rounds is changed after this market has been offered, bets on Spread and Over/Under will be void.

back to top

Live

If a match is replayed due to a draw or a disconnection, all bets will be void. The replayed match will be considered as a separate live event.

back to top

Rugby League and Rugby Union

General

All games must start on the scheduled date (local stadium time) for bets to be valid.

If a match is postponed or abandoned for any reason all bets are void, unless re-arranged and played on the same day or stated otherwise in the rules. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect kick off time.

All rugby bets are settled on 80 minutes play. The term “80 minutes play” includes any stoppage time unless otherwise stated.

If a venue is changed from the one advertised then all bets on that match are void. In the event of a change of opponent from the one advertised, then all bets for that match are void.

back to top

1st Half

Bets are settled on the first half result only.

Bets are void if the match is abandoned before half time.

If a match is abandoned during the second half then all first half bets are still valid.

back to top

2nd Half

Bets are settled on the second half result only.

back to top

10 Minute Betting

Includes: 2 Way/3 Way Money Line; Handicap; Over/Under; Total Tries; Total Team Tries; Total Team Points; Winning Margin.

Predict what the game score will be in the first 10 minutes of the match. The designated 10 minute period must be completed for bets to stand. All bets will be settled according to the result which occurred between kick-off and 9:59 minute.

back to top

Team to Score most Tries, 3 Way Money Line and Handicap

Predict which team will score the most tries in the match.

back to top

1st Team Try

Predict which team will score the first try in the match.

back to top

Will the 1st Try be Converted

Predict whether or not the first try in the match will be converted.

back to top

Total Match Points

Predict the total number of points scored in the match.

back to top

Total Match Tries

Predict whether the total number of tries scored in the match will be over or under a specific figure.

back to top

Total Team Points Odd/Even

Predict whether the total number of points scored in the match will be an odd or an even number.

back to top

Total Team Tries Odd/Even

Predict whether the total scored in the match will be an odd or an even number.

back to top

Total Team Points – Home and Away

Predict the total points scored by the home/away team in the match.

back to top

Total Team Tries – Home and Away

Predict the total tries scored by the home/away team in the match.

back to top

Race To Points

Predict which team will be the first to reach desired certain number of points – Home Team/Away Team/Neither selections are available for betting.

back to top

Time of 1st Try/Time of 1st Try 2nd Half

Predict whether the first try will be scored before or after a specific time.

back to top

Outright

Bets are settled on final league position include play-offs unless stated otherwise.

back to top

Group Winner

Bets are settled on final group position.

back to top

First to Score/Last to Score

First/Last Team to Score means betting on which team will score the first or the last point in a match.

If an event is completed without any point being scored then all wagers on First/Last Team to Score are void.

If an event is abandoned after a point is scored then all bets on First Team to Score stand, while bets on Last Team to Score are void. If an event is abandoned without any points being scored, then all wagers on First/Last Team to Score are void.

back to top

Half Time/Full Time

Predict the result of a match at half time and at full time.

Example: If you chose 1/X, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the match ending in draw.

back to top

Highest Scoring Half

Predict in which half the most points will be scored.

Bets are void if the match is abandoned.

back to top

Winning Margin

Predict which team will win the match and the victory margin. Settlement is executed upon the regular time result only.

back to top

Tryscorer Betting

Predict who will be First/Last/Anytime Tryscorer from a list of players. Penalty tries do not count. In the event of a penalty try, settlement is deferred to the next awarded try.

back to top

Aussie Rules

General

All bets shall be settled on official AFL results only.

All Australian Rules bets shall be settled at the end of normal time, unless otherwise stated.

In the event that extra time is played all head to head betting will be settled inclusive of extra time.

If a match is abandoned before the end of normal time, all bets on the match are void, except for those markets which have been unconditionally determined.

If a match is postponed and rescheduled to take place within 48 hours of the original start time, all bets on the match will stand.

If a match is no longer playing at the venue advertised, all bets will stand unless the venue has been changed to the opponent’s home ground, in which case all bets will be void.

back to top

AFL Betting Rules

All wagers shall be settled on the officially declared result from the AFL. This includes match winners and goal kicking statistics.

Points are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bet is placed.

Regular season fixtures and the Grand Final do not include extra time. Any draws that occur where a draw market is not offered shall be void. For pre-season fixtures such as NAB Challenge and the finals series (excluding the Grand Final) where extra time is offered, bets shall be settled on the regular time result. Extra time will not be included.

For the purposes of determining futures markets such as Make the Grand Final/Minor Premiership/Premiership/Top 4/ Top 8, all deductions of points by the AFL due to breaches of regulations shall stand.

Brownlow Medal betting will be paid on official results as presented at the awards night. In the event of two or more players having equal points, the Dead Heat rule shall apply.

Coleman Medal betting shall only take in the regular season – NAB Challenge and any other pre-season fixtures shall not apply. Finals series do not apply.

For First Goalscorer markets, bets on players taking no part in the match shall be void. If your player is an unused substitute, or takes the field as a designated substitute after a goal has been scored, then bets on your player to score the first goal shall be made void.

Wire-to-Wire market is based upon a selection leading the match at the end of each quarter

Time of first goal markets are based upon official AFL clock.

For all Futures markets that are determined by an outright winner, the Dead Heat rule shall apply.

back to top

Gameplay Specifics

Points Scoring Methods = Goals (scores 6 points) + Behinds (score 1 point)

Like many other codes of football, the way to score points is to score goals. In Australian Football, there are two types of scores: a goal and a behind.

A goal umpire judges whether a goal or behind is scored.

back to top

Game Length

The length of a game of Australian Football can vary from league to league, but is generally around 15 to 25 minutes per quarter. In the AFL, each quarter runs for 20 minutes plus time added on – which makes up for time occupied in stoppages, such as when the ball going out of bounds, injuries, goals (or behinds) being kicked, or when the umpire is setting the angle of a free kick on goal. Time is kept by two off-field officials, known as "timekeepers", who sound the siren at the start and end of each quarter. A typical AFL quarter might run from 27 to 33 minutes, but may be even longer if, for instance, injuries cause delays. AFL breaks after the first and third quarters are six minutes, with a 20-minute break at halftime. Thus, a match with quarters averaging 30 minutes would last about two and a half hours.

back to top

1st Quarter / 2nd Quarter / 3rd Quarter / 4th Quarter

Bets settled on 1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter, final result only.

If a match is abandoned at any time those Quarter markets that are already determined will stand.

back to top

1st Half / 2nd Half

Bets settled on the first/second half result only.

Bets will be void if the match is abandoned before half time.

If a match is abandoned during the second half all first half bets are still valid.

back to top

Outright

As stated in the AFL regulations above and overall outright settlement – bets are declared valid for settlement as stated by the official final league position.

back to top

First/Last to Score

- Points – First/Last to score any kind of point – goal or behind

- Goals – First/Last to score Goal

- Behinds – First/Last to score Behind

back to top

Total Points/Goals/Behinds

Predict how many Points (combined between Goals & Behinds), Goals or Behinds (counted as separate scoring) – will be scored during the match.

back to top

Winning Margin

Predict the team to win the match and the victory margin.

back to top

Race To (Points/Goals/Behinds)

Predict the team to reach first to selected number of Points, Goals or Behinds during the match.

back to top

American Football

General

All games must start on the scheduled date (at local time) for bets to be valid.

Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (at local time) or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if incorrect kick off time is announced on our website.

All bets on the game include overtime scoring unless stated otherwise.

Games must have at least 55 minutes of play for bets to be valid. If a game is suspended before 55 complete minutes are played, all bets on the outcome of the game are refunded unless otherwise stated, except for bets on any markets that have been unconditionally determined.

In 2 Way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.

If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.

back to top

Live Betting

Live betting game bets include overtime.

Points are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bet is placed.

back to top

Teasers

Teasers/Super Teasers/Monster Teasers allow adjustment of points spread and game totals on two or more teams.

A fixed number of points are bought on all selections in the teaser. The number of teams selected and the number of points selected determine the payout odds:

6-point Teasers:
Two teams = -110/1.9
Three teams = +170/2.7
Four teams = +290/3.9
Five teams = +450/5.5
Six teams = +650/7.5

6.5-point Teasers:
Two teams = -120/1.83
Three teams = +150/2.5
Four teams = +240/3.4
Five teams = +400/5
Six teams = +550/6.5

7-point Teasers:
Two teams = -130/1.76
Three teams = +130/2.3
Four teams = +190/2.9
Five teams = +350/4.5
Six teams = +450/5.5

10-point Teasers (Super)
Three teams = -120/1.83 (push loses)

13-point Teasers (Monster)
Four teams = -120/1.83 (push loses)

All selections must be successful in order for the bet to win.

If a selection in the teaser is a push, the teaser will drop to the next lower level, in case a lower level is offered for that particular teaser.

A push in a two team teaser without a loss will make the entire bet lost.

When placing a bet on a Super/Monster teaser a push will result in a lost bet.

Teaser bets will only be allowed on pre-match events and for selected leagues, including:

1. Regular teasers for NFL and NCAAF: 6, 6½ and 7 points
2. SUPER TEASERS: 3 teams teaser - buying 8 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83
3. MONSTER TEASER: 4 teams teaser - buying 10 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83

back to top

Buying points

Buying points allows you to change the point-spread or the game total of an American Football game. You can move the point-spread in order to get more points when betting on the underdog, and fewer points when betting on the favourite. You can move the total in order to get a higher total when betting on under or a lower total if betting on over.

back to top

Winner

Predict the winner of the game. Bets include overtime if played. If the game ends in a draw, 2 Way bets on Winner will be void.

back to top

Spread

Predict the winner of the game, applying the given spread (handicap).

back to top

Over/Under/Total Points

Predict whether the points scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.

back to top

1st Half

Bets settled on the first half result only.

Bets will be void if the match is abandoned before half time.

If a match is abandoned during the second half then all first half bets are still valid.

back to top

2nd Half

Bets settled on the second half result only include overtime.

back to top

1st/2nd/3rd Quarter

Bets settled on the quarters result only.

If the entire game is not completed, wagers on quarters will be valid if the relevant period was completed.

back to top

4th Quarter

Bets settled on the 4th quarter result only include overtime (unless otherwise stated).

back to top

Half Time/Full Time

Predict the result of a match at half time and full time.

Example: If you choose 1/2, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the away team to win the game.

Bets on Half Time/Full Time exclude overtime.

back to top

Odd/Even

A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated points in a game will add up to an odd or even number.

back to top

First to Score/Last to Score

First/Last Team to Score means betting on which team will score the first or last point in a match.

If an event is abandoned after a point has been scored, then all bets on First Team to Score will stand, while bets on Last Team to Score will be void.

If an event is abandoned without any points being scored, then all wagers on First/Last Team to Score will be void.

back to top

Total Team Points

"Total Team Points" is similar to Over/Under Wager.

Win/loss is determined by the points accumulated by a named team.

back to top

To Qualify

If a team is disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification bets will be void.

back to top

Overtime

Predict whether the game will go to overtime or not.

back to top

Highest Scoring Half/Quarter

Highest Half/Quarter bets include overtime.

Push rules apply.

back to top

Touchdowns

"Touchdowns" is similar to Over/Under Wager.

Win/loss is determined by the number of Touchdowns accumulated by both teams.

back to top

Touchdown Scorers

Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void. If a player doesn’t play until the First Touchdown has been scored, then bets on him regarding the First Touchdown will be void.

If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless a Touchdown has already been scored. Then all bets for the First Touchdown scorer will stand, and Last and Anytime Touchdown scorers will be void.

back to top

Winning Margin

Predict the team to win the match and the margin of victory. Overtime is included (if played).

back to top

Race to 10

Predict which team will be the first to score 10 points in the game. If the game is abandoned or finishes before 10 points are scored by any team, bets will be void.

back to top

Bandy

General

All games must start on the scheduled time for bets to be valid. An exception is made if an incorrect start time is announced on our website.

Abandoned or postponed matches are void, unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules.

If a match venue is changed, then bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such.

If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.

If scheduled playing time is changed from 2 halves x 45 minutes, to 3 periods x 30 minutes, full time bets will be considered valid and half time bets will be void.

All markets are based on the result at the end of the regular time, excluding overtime, if played, unless otherwise stated.

If a market is offered as 2 Way and happens to finish in a draw, Push rules apply.

back to top

Outright

Predict the winner of the league/tournament. Bets will be settled according to the final standings, including play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.

back to top

1x2

Predict the outcome of the game. There are 3 possible results:

1 – Home team wins
X – Draw
2 – Away team wins

back to top

Spread

Predict the winner of the game, applying the given handicap (spread) to the result.

back to top

Over/Under

Predict whether the total goals scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.

back to top

Baseball

General

All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to be valid. If a game does not start on the scheduled start date then all bets will be void. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.

If a game is suspended and completed on a subsequent day then all bets will be considered void (unless otherwise stated in these rules).

All bets include extra innings unless otherwise stated.

There must be at least 5 full innings of play unless the home team is leading after 4½ innings, for bets on Money Line to be valid. If a game is called or suspended, the winner is determined by the score after the last full innings unless the home team scores to tie, or takes the lead in the bottom half of the innings, in which case the winner is determined by the score at the time the game is called. Monies will be refunded if the home team ties the game and it is then suspended. Suspended games will not carry over to the following day.

The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets on Over/Under or Run Line to have action with the exception of when a result has already been determined.

For 7 innings games the game must go at least 7 full innings (or 6½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets on Over/Under or Run Line to have action unless specified otherwise.

In 2 Way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned, and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.

If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.

back to top

Live Betting

All bets are action regardless of pitching changes. Extra innings count.

back to top

MLB Wagers

If one or both of the starting pitchers are not exactly as specified at the time of the bet, the wager will be deemed "no action".

back to top

Money Line

Predict which team will win the game.

back to top

Run Line

Win/loss is determined by the number of runs accumulated by both teams and then comparing with the Run Line given before the game start.

Run Line -1.5
You win if your team wins the game with a run difference of two or more.

Run Line +1.5
You win if your team wins or losing with in exactly a one run difference.

back to top

Over/Under

Predict the total runs achieved in a match.

Over 9.5
Your bet wins if there are more than 9 runs in the match otherwise your stake is lost.

Under 9.5
Your bet wins if there are less than 10 runs in the match otherwise your stake is lost.

Under 9
Your bet wins if there are less than 9 runs in the match. If there are 9 runs exactly the stake is returned otherwise your stake is lost.

Over 9
Your bet wins if there are more than 9 runs in the match. If there are 9 runs exactly the stake is returned otherwise your stake is lost.

back to top

1st Half (5 innings)

All bets on baseball first half will be determined by the score at the end of five full innings.

The game must go at least 5 full innings for bets to be valid.

back to top

Odd/Even

A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated runs in a game will add up to an odd or even number.

The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets to be valid.

back to top

Series Betting

Bets are void if the statutory number of games (according to the respective governing organisations) are not completed or changed.

back to top

1st To 3 Runs

Predict which team will be the first to score 3 runs.

If neither team scores 3 runs, bets on 1st To 3 Runs will be void.

back to top

1st/Last Home Run

First/Last Home Run means betting on which team will score the first/last home run.

If an event is finished without a home run being scored, then all wagers on First/Last Home Run will be void.

If an event is abandoned after a home run is scored then all bets on First Home Run will stand while bets on Last Home Run will be void. If an event is abandoned without a home run being scored, then all wagers on First/Last Home Run will be void.

back to top

Total Team Runs

Total Team Runs is similar to Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of runs accumulated by a named team.

The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets to be valid.

back to top

1st Innings Winner (pre-match) and 1st-9th Innings Money Line 3 Way (live)

Predict the winner at the end of the first innings. Bets can be made by either selecting a home win, a draw or an away win.

back to top

1st Innings Run Line (pre-match) and 1st-9th Innings Line-Handicap (live)

Bet type to predict the winner at the end of the first innings which includes preset advantage.

back to top

1st Innings O/U (pre-match) and 1st-9th Innings Line-Totals (live)

Predict the number of total runs accumulated by both teams at the end of the 1st innings.

back to top

1st Innings O/E

Predict whether the total runs accumulated by both teams will be odd or even.

back to top

Team with the Highest Innings

Which team will score most runs in an innings. Push rules apply.

back to top

Total 3/5/7 Innings

Predict the number of total runs accumulated by both teams after 3/5/7 innings.

back to top

3 Way Run Line and 3 Way Handicap

Predict the winner with preset game advantage. There are 3 possible outcomes that include the preset game advantage – home win, draw and away win.

back to top

3 Way Total

Predict if the total runs accumulated by both teams will be Over, Under or Exactly a preset number.

back to top

Winning Margin

Predict which team will win and by how many runs they will win by from given options.

back to top

Total Team O/E

Predict if the number of runs accumulated by the relevant team will be odd or even.

back to top

Double Result/Half Time/Full Time

Predict the result of a match at half time (after 5 innings) and full time(after 9 innings). Example: If you chose 1/X, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the match ending in draw. Extra innings do not count.

back to top

Outright

Bets settled on final league position include play-offs.

back to top

To Qualify

Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification/win the cup bets will be void.

back to top

Basketball

General

All games must start on the scheduled date (at local time) for bets to be valid. An exception is made if an incorrect start time is announced on our website.

If a game venue is changed, bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.

All bets on a game include overtime unless otherwise stated.

In 2 Way markets, push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned, and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.

48-minute games must have a duration of at least 43 minutes of play and 40-minute games must have a duration of at least 35 minutes of play in order for full time bets to be valid.

If a game is suspended after the minimum time has been played and not resumed on the same day, then regardless of whether the game is completed at a later date, the score when the game is stopped will determine the betting results.

back to top

Money Line

Predict which team will be the winner.

back to top

Spread

Predict which team will be the winner, applying the given spread to the score.

back to top

Over/Under

Predict whether the points scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.

back to top

1st Half

All 1st Half markets (Money Line, Spread, Over/Under, Total Team Points, Total Odd/Even and Total Team Odd/Even) will be settled according to the result of the first half only. If the game is abandoned before half time, all 1st half bets will be void.

back to top

2nd Half

All 2nd Half markets (Money Line, Spread, Over/Under, Total Team Points, Total Odd/Even and Total Team Odd/Even) will be settled according to the result of the second half including overtime, if played. If the game is abandoned, bets will be void. An exception is made if there are 5 or less minutes of scheduled playing time remaining. In this case, bets will be settled according to the result at the time of abandonment.

back to top

1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter

All Quarter markets (Money Line, Spread, Over/Under, Total Team Points, Total Odd/Even and Total Team Odd/Even, Margin of Victory) will be settled according to the result of the relevant quarter. The 4th quarter result includes overtime if played. Quarters must be finished in order for bets on them to be settled. If the game is abandoned during the scheduled playing time, bets on the running and following quarters will be void. Example:

If the game is abandoned in the 2nd Quarter, bets on the 1st Quarter will be settled, the rest (2nd/3rd/4th Quarter) will be void.

If the game is abandoned in the 4th Quarter (even if there are less than 5 min of scheduled playing time left), bets on it will be void. Bets on 1st/2nd/3rd Quarter will be settled.

If the game is abandoned in overtime, all Quarter bets will be settled. 4th Quarter bets will be settled according to the 4th quarter result, adding any points scored in overtime up to the time of abandonment.

back to top

Total Team Points

Predict whether a certain team will score more or less points than a given number.

back to top

Total Odd/Even

Predict whether the points scored by both teams will add up to an odd or an even number.

back to top

Total Team Odd/Even

Predict whether the points scored by a certain team will add up to an odd or an even number.

back to top

Winning Margin/Margin of Victory

Predict the winning team and by exactly how many points this team will win by choosing from given options.

back to top

Overtime

Predict whether or not the match will go into overtime. If the game is abandoned bets will be void, unless overtime has already started. If overtime is played, while the regulation time result was not tied, all bets will be void.

back to top

Half Time/Full Time

Predict the result of the game at half time and at the end of the game, including overtime if played. If a game is abandoned, or for some reason ends in a draw and no overtime is played, bets will be void.

back to top

Highest scoring Half/Quarter

Predict in which half/quarter most points will be scored. This bet type includes overtime if played. Dead-heat rules apply. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

back to top

Race to 12/25/45 points

Predict which team will be the first to reach 12/25/45 points. If the game is abandoned before any team reaches the quoted number of points, bets will be void.

back to top

Winner/Outright

Bets will be settled according to the final league position, including play-offs and according to the official site of the event.

back to top

To Qualify

If a team is disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification bets will be void.

back to top

Players

There are several markets available for any named players: points, rebounds, assists, steals, etc.

If the relevant player doesn't get any playing time in the match, bets on him will be void. Any stats achieved in overtime (if played) will be taken into account for settlement purposes. Win/Loss is determined by a comparison between the stats achieved by the named player and a pre-given number of stats.

A settlement will be made according to the statistics provided by the official site of the tournament in which the game is played.

back to top

Teasers

Teasers/Super Teasers/Monster Teasers allow adjustment of points spread and game totals on two or more teams.

A fixed number of points are bought on all selections in the teaser. The number of teams selected and the number of points selected determine the payout odds:

4-point Teasers:

Two teams = -110/1.9

Three teams = +170/2.7

Four teams = +290/3.9

Five teams = +450/5.5

Six teams = +650/7.5

4.5-point Teasers:

Two teams = -120/1.83

Three teams = +150/2.5

Four teams = +240/3.4

Five teams = +400/5

Six teams = +550/6.5

5-point Teasers:

Two teams = -130/1.76

Three teams = +130/2.3

Four teams = +190/2.9

Five teams = +350/4.5

Six teams = +450/5.5

8-point Teasers (Super)

Three teams = -120/1.83 (push loses)

10-point Teasers (Monster)

Four teams = -120/1.83 (push loses)

All selections must be successful in order for the bet to win.

If a selection in the teaser is a push, the teaser will drop to the next lower level, if a lower level is offered for that particular teaser.

A push in a two team teaser without a loss will make the entire bet lost.

When placing a bet on Super/Monster Teaser, if there is a push result, the teaser will be lost.

Teaser bets will only be allowed on pre-match events and selected leagues, including:

1. Regular teasers for NBA, NCAAB or any other league in which teaser bets are allowed: 4, 4½ and 5 points

2. SUPER TEASERS: 3 teams teaser - buying 8 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83

3. MONSTER TEASER: 4 teams teaser - buying 10 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83

back to top

Chess

General

In the event of a match starting but not being completed, all bets will be void, unless otherwise stated in the rules. An exception is made if we advertise an incorrect starting time. All bets will be settled based on the official site of the Federation governing the tournament, unless otherwise stated in the rules.

back to top

Outright

Predict the winner of the tournament.

Bets will be settled according to the final standings, including play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.

All bets are considered valid, even if the player withdraws or doesn't start the tournament at all.

Dead-heat rules apply.

back to top

Money line

Predict the winner of the match according to the points collected by players based on played games. 1 point is awarded for a win, 0.5 points for a draw and 0 points for a loss. There are 3 possible outcomes:

1 – Designated home team player wins
X – Draw
2 – Designated away team player wins

back to top

Spread

Predict the winner (player who will collect most points) of the match/game, applying the given handicap (spread).

If the statutory number of games/matches according to the official rules of the tournament is changed, all bets will be cancelled.

back to top

Cricket

General

All games must start on the scheduled date (at local time) for bets to be valid.

Abandoned or postponed matches are void, unless rearranged and played on the same date (at local time), or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if an incorrect start time is announced on our website.

If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.

All wagers will be settled using the official result as declared by the relevant governing body of the match or competition concerned.

Push rules apply for all 2 Way markets.

back to top

One Day/Twenty20

In matches affected by adverse weather conditions, bets will be governed by the official competition rules with the following exception: If a match is decided upon either a bowl out, or the toss of a coin or Super Over, then all bets will be void.

If a match is abandoned due to outside interference, then bets will be void unless a result is declared based on the official competition rules. In the event of a change of opponent from the one advertised, then all bets for that match are void.

back to top

Test Matches

Bets will stand according to the official result provided that at least one ball has been bowled. If a match is abandoned due to outside interference, all bets will be void.

back to top

Money Line

Predict the winner of the match.

back to top

Top Batsman/Top Bowler

The player with the best batting average is considered Top Batsman. The player with the best bowling average is considered Top Bowler. Bets on players not selected in the starting 11 or designated as substitutes will be void. If a player is selected but does not bat or field, bets on him will stand. Dead Heat rules apply. If two or more players end on an equal number of wickets, then the bowler with the least number of runs conceded will be deemed the winner.

There are a minimum number of overs that should be bowled before the game is interrupted, or All Out. Otherwise all bets will be void:

► One Day International – 20 overs
► All Domestic 40 Over Competitions – 10 overs
► All Domestic 50 Over Competitions – 20 overs
► All Twenty20 Cup matches – 6 overs

back to top

Man Of The Match

Bets are settled on the officially declared man of the match. Dead Heat rules apply.

back to top

To Win The Toss

Predict which team will win the coin toss at the beginning of the game.

back to top

Highest Opening Partnership

Predict which team will score more runs on their opening partnership. Bets stand once one ball has been bowled in each team’s 1st innings. If a market is offered in a 2 Way option, Dead Heat rules apply.

back to top

Most Match Sixes

Predict which team will score the most Sixes in the game. If a match is abandoned before the needed overs for different types of matches have been reached, all bets will be void. In Test and County Championship matches, the whole match counts. In Test matches that end in a draw, a minimum of 200 overs must be bowled, otherwise bets will be void. In Twenty20 matches, the match must be scheduled for the full 20 overs and there must be an official result. In One Day matches where the number of overs has been reduced and the outcome has not been determined yet, bets will be void. For settlement purposes this is all deliveries from which a batsman is credited with exactly six runs (including all-run/Overthrows). In matches decided by a Super Over, sixes hit during the Super Over will not count for settlement purposes.

back to top

1st Wicket Method

Predict the method by which the 1st Wicket in the game will be taken. If the game is abandoned before a wicket is taken, or there is no wicket taken at all in the match, all bets will be void.

back to top

A Fifty/Hundred Score in a Match

Predict if any player will score fifty/hundred or more runs in the match. For different types of games, there are a certain minimum number of overs to be played or bets on this bet type will be void:

► Test Matches – The whole game counts. If the game is drawn, at least 200 overs must be bowled.
► One Day Matches – 40 overs must be bowled.
► Twenty20 Matches – 20 overs must be bowled.

back to top

Most Run Outs

Predict which team will get the most run outs whilst fielding. If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void. If a match is reduced in overs and a match result is reached, then the team which achieved the most run outs whilst fielding, regardless of the number of overs bowled, will be the winner. In matches determined by a Super Over, any run out during the Super Over will not count for settlement purposes. In Test matches, all innings of the match will count.

back to top

1st Over Total Runs

Predict the total runs scored during the 1st over of the match. Extras and penalty runs will be included. If the 1st over is not completed, bets will be void.

back to top

Runs At Fall Of 1st Wicket

Predict the number of runs in the game at which the 1st wicket will fall. If a match is abandoned before the fall of the 1st wicket, or there are no wickets in the game, bets will be void.

back to top

Dismissal Method

Predict the method by which the first/next Batsman will be given out. If there are no wickets in the game as a whole or after the bet has been placed in Live Betting, all bets will be void.

back to top

Odd/Even

Predict if the sum of all runs scored in the relevant period (Match, Innings, Over) will be an odd or an even number. Extras and penalty runs will be included for settlement purposes. If the relevant period is not finished, all bets on it will be void.

back to top

Runs O/U

Predict if the number of runs in the relevant period (Innings, Over) will be over or under a given number. If the relevant period is not finished, all bets will be void.

back to top

Race To 10 Runs

Predict which player will score 10 Runs first in the game. Bets stand if all the listed players start batting, otherwise all bets will be void. Bets stand no matter which of the players starts batting first. If neither of the listed players reaches 10 Runs, Neither is the winner. If a game is abandoned before any of the listed players reaches 10 Runs, and if both players are out, Neither will be the winner. Otherwise, bets will be void.

back to top

Total Match Sixes

Predict whether Sixes scored in the match will be over or under a given number. Push Rules apply. If a match is abandoned before the necessary overs for different types of matches have been reached, all bets will be void. In Test and County Championship matches, the whole match counts. In drawn games, a minimum of 200 overs must be bowled, otherwise bets will be void.

In Twenty20 matches the mach must be scheduled for the full 20 overs and there must be an official result.

In One Day matches where the number of overs has been reduced and the outcome has not been determined yet, bets will be void. For settlement purposes, this is all deliveries from which a batsman is credited with exactly six runs (including all-run/overthrows). In matches decided by a Super Over, sixes hit during the Super Over will not count for settlement purposes.

back to top

Team with Highest 1st 6/10/15 Overs Score

Predict which team will have the higher score after 6/10/15 Overs. Push Rules apply. If either team do not complete the number of overs stated, bets will be void.

back to top

Batsman Matches

Predict which Batsman will score more runs in the game. Push Rules apply. In Test and County Championship matches, only the first innings count for settlement purposes. Bets will stand if each Batsman has faced at least one ball.

back to top

Outright

Predict the winner of the league. Bets are settled on the final league position, unless otherwise stated.

back to top

To Win Pool

Predict the team which will finish top in their Pool. Dead Heat rules apply.

back to top

Finalists

Predict the two teams that will play in the Final of the Tournament.

back to top

Stage Of Elimination

Predict at which stage of the Tournament a certain team will be eliminated.

back to top

To Reach The Final

Predict if a certain team will reach the Final of the Tournament.

back to top

Darts

General

All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to be valid. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.

Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules.

back to top

Outright

All outright bets shall stand irrespective of whether the player competes.

back to top

Money Line

In the event of a match starting but not being completed, the player progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory will be deemed the winner for settlement purposes.

Bets will be void in the two-way market if the match result is a tie.

back to top

Spread

In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes then all bets are void. All bets will be void if match is not completed.

back to top

Over/Under

In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes then all bets are void. All bets will be void if match is not completed.

back to top

In-Play Betting

Bets on any match market abandoned before the full completion of the statutory number of legs/sets will be void.

back to top

Gaelic Sports

General

All bets are settled on the regular time result. Extra time does not count, unless otherwise specified.

All games must start on the scheduled date (at local time) for bets to be valid. An exception is made if an incorrect kick off time is announced on our website.

If a match venue is changed, bets will stand as long as the home team is designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.

Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (at local time), or stated otherwise in the rules.

For settlement purposes, a goal is counted as 3 points and a point as 1 point in order for the final score to be determined.

back to top

Outright

All outright bets shall stand irrespective of changes in season format or length.

back to top

Money Line

Predict the winner of the game. There are 3 possible outcomes:
1 – Home team wins
X – Draw
2 – Away team wins

back to top

Spread

Predict the winner of the game, applying the given handicap to the final score (goal = 3, point = 1).

If a market is offered as 2 Way, (without a price for the tie) and after a handicap has been applied the result is a draw, bets will be refunded.

back to top

Over/Under

Predict if the points scored by both teams, including goals (1 goal = 3 points) will be over or under a given number.

back to top

Half Time/Full Time

Predict the outcome at the end of the 1st half and the full time result. Extra time does not count.

If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

back to top

1st Half: Money line, Spread and Over/Under

Bets will be settled on the first half result only.

If a match is abandoned before half time, bets will be void.

If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

back to top

Other Sports

General

All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to be valid.

Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.

Should any match be played prior to the date or start time denoted then bets will stand provided the wager is placed not later than the revised start time.

If a match venue is changed then bets will be void unless stated otherwise.

In 2 Way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated. Stakes on single bets are returned, and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.

For the Olympics, following rules will apply:

The podium presentation will determine the settlement of the bets.

Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

back to top

Badminton

In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts, all bets will be void.

If the event starts but isn't completed then all bets will be void.

back to top

Beach Volleyball

In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts, all bets will be void.

In the event of a match starting but not being completed then all bets will be void.

back to top

Floorball

All matches played will be settled on the score at the end of regulation time and will exclude overtime if played.

If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.

back to top

Futsal

All match markets will be settled on regulation time, unless stated otherwise.

Regulation time must be completed for bets to stand unless otherwise stated.

back to top

Hockey

If the event takes place at a different venue then bets will be made void and stakes returned.

All match odds are based on the result at the end of 70 minutes scheduled play unless otherwise stated. Bets are settled on the score standing at the end of the scheduled 70 minutes including any added injury or stoppage time. This scheduled period does not include extra time or time allocated for a penalty stroke shootout. Any hockey match abandoned before the completion of 70 minutes play will be void unless the match is rearranged and played on the same day.

Where the venue of any arranged match is changed the selection will be void.

back to top

Table Tennis

In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts, all bets will be void. In the event of a match starting but not being completed, all bets will be void.

back to top

Water Polo

All match markets will be settled on regulation time, unless stated otherwise.

Regulation time must be completed for bets to stand unless otherwise stated.

In the event of a match starting but not being completed then bets will be void.

back to top

Athletics

For Outright bets, all bets stand except for those placed on competitors not competing in first round/qualification.

back to top

Kayak

The competitors must pass the starting line for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.

back to top

Gymnastics

The competitors must start one round for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.

back to top

Shooting

The competitors must start one round for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.

back to top

Swimming

The competitors must pass the starting line for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.

back to top

Triathlon

The competitors must pass the starting line for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.

back to top

Rowing

In the event of a race starting but not being completed then all bets will be void.

back to top

Aussie Rules

All bets will be settled including overtime unless otherwise stated. Regulation time must be completed for bets to stand unless otherwise stated.

If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.

back to top

Speedway

If a match is postponed prior to its scheduled start date/time then bets will be void unless it is rescheduled to start within 24 hours.

All markets will be settled based on the result after the completion of the final heat.

back to top

Cycling

All bets are settled on the result at the time of the podium presentation. Any disqualification or appeal leading to change in the results made after that will not be taken under consideration.

Bets made on cyclists who don’t start the relevant race will be voided.

Race/Stage Winner

Predict which cyclist or team will win the Race/Stage in question.

Individual/Team Head 2 Head

Predict which team/cyclist will achieve a higher finishing position in the race. All teams/cyclists in question should start the race, otherwise bets will be voided. At least one of the teams/cyclists in question should finish the race, otherwise bets will be voided.

Special Bets

Predict the winner of a special category in the race, such as 'King of the Mountains', 'Best sprinter', 'Best young cyclist etc., which are awarded with relevant coloured jersey (red, green, white, etc.)

back to top

Golf

General

If the start of a round is delayed, or if play is suspended during a round, all pending wagers will remain valid for 48 hours. If the postponement lasts more than 48 hours, all pending wagers will be cancelled and the monies refunded.

When a golfer withdraws before the start of a tournament, all bets on that participant will be declared void.

Bets stand once the player has teed off on the first hole.

back to top

Outright

All outright bets are settled on the player winning the trophy. The result of play-offs is taken into account.

All bets stand except for those placed on participants not competing in the first round.

back to top

First Round Winner

The winner will be the player who achieves the highest placing at the end of the first round.

back to top

Money Line

If an individual match-up ends in a tie then bets will be void.

back to top

18 hole match-ups

Bets stand once the players have teed off on the first hole. If a round is abandoned then bets on that round are void.

The winner will be the player with the lowest score over 18 holes.

If an individual match-up ends in a tie then bets will be void.

Play-offs do not count.

back to top

72 hole match-ups

Bets stand once the players have teed off on the first hole.

Whichever player completes the most holes is deemed the winner. If both players complete the same amount of holes the player with the lowest score is deemed the winner.

If an individual match-up ends in a tie then bets will be void.

Play-offs are taken into account.

back to top

Dead Heat Rules

If 2 or more selections finish in the same position, the stake will be divided proportionally.

Whichever player completes the most holes is deemed the winner. If both players complete the same amount of holes the player with the lowest score is deemed the winner.

If an individual match-up ends in a tie then bets will be void.

Play-offs are taken into account.

Example:

The final positions in golf are the following:

1st position: Player A

2nd position: Player B

3rd position: Player C

3rd position: Player D

3rd position: Player E

6th Position: Player F

Let’s say you bet on Player E (e/w ¼ 1-2-3).

3rd position is shared by 3 players – Player E shares 3rd position with 2 other players - so the payment will be 1/3 stake X e/w odds.

Let’s say you bet on Player E (e/w ¼ 1-2-3-4).

Positions 3 and 4 are shared by 3 players.

3rd and 4th (not really 4th position since there are 3 players in 3rd position) positions are shared by 3 players – that means 2 positions pay out of the 3 players who reached those positions: 2/3 stake X e/w odds.

Note – Dead Heat rules apply to the stake and not to the odds.

back to top

Handball

General

All bets will be settled based on the score at the end of regulation time, excluding overtime (if played), unless otherwise stated.

All games must start on the scheduled date (at local time) for bets to be valid.

All games are based on the result at the end of 60-minutes scheduled play, unless otherwise stated. If the scheduled 60 minutes are not played, then bets will be void, unless otherwise stated. An exception is made for games in which a mercy rule is used: the result at the time of the mercy rule call will be used for settlement purposes.

If a match is postponed or abandoned for any reason, all bets will be void, unless re-arranged and played on the same day, or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if an incorrect kick off time is announced on our website.

The statistics provided by the official website of the relevant competition or fixture will be used for settlement purposes. In case the statistics are not available on the official website, or there is significant evidence that the official website is incorrect, we will use an independent source to settle bets.

In the absence of consistent, independent evidence, or in the presence of significant conflicting evidence, bets will be settled based on our own statistics.

back to top

Live Betting

If the event is not completed then all bets will be void.

back to top

1x2

Bets are made by selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away Win:

1 – Home Win

X – Draw

2 – Away Win

back to top

Handicap

Predict the winner, applying the given Handicap.

back to top

Over/Under

Predict whether the total number of goals scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.

back to top

1st Half

Bets (1X2, Handicap and Over/Under) are settled on the first half result only.

Bets will be void if the match is abandoned before half time.

If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

back to top

2nd Half

Bets (1X2, Handicap and Over/Under) are settled on the second half result only. Bets will be void if the match is abandoned.

back to top

First Team to Score/Last Team to Score

Predict which team will score the first/last goal in the match. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned after a goal is scored, then all bets on First Team to Score will stand, while bets on Last Team to Score will be void.

back to top

Odd/Even

A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated goals by both teams will add up to an odd or even number.

back to top

Double Chance

A Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes with one bet. The following options are available:

1 or X - If the result is either a home win or a draw, then bets on this option are winners.

X or 2 - If the result is either a draw or an away win, then bets on this option are winners.

1 or 2 - If the result is either a home or an away win, then bets on this option are winners.

back to top

Half Time/Full Time

Predict the result of a match at half time and at the end of regular time. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

Example: If you choose 1/X, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the match to end in a draw. Extra time doesn’t count.

back to top

1st To 3/5/10/20 Goals

Predict the first team to reach 3/5/10/20 Goals.

back to top

Highest Scoring Half

Predict the half in which most goals will be scored. Push rules apply.

back to top

Total Team Goals

"Total Team Goals" is similar to Over/Under Wager.

Win/loss is determined by the goals accumulated by a named team.

back to top

Team Odd/Even

Predict whether a team’s total number of accumulated goals in a match will be an odd or an even number.

back to top

Team with Highest Scoring Half

Predict which team will score the most goals in any half of the game (either 1st or 2nd).

back to top

Winning Margin

Predict by how many goals the winning team will win the game.

back to top

To Qualify

Should a team is disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification bets will be void.

back to top

Finishing Position

Predict which team will be ahead in the final standings of the tournament.

If one or more teams fail to start the tournament, all bets are considered void and stakes will be refunded.

back to top

Group Winner

Predict the team to win the group. Bets will be settled on the final group positions.

back to top

Top Goalscorer/Top Team Goalscorer

Goals scored in regular time (60 minutes) and extra time count for settlement purposes. However, penalty shootout goals do not count. Dead Heat rules apply. If a player takes part in the tournament, all bets will be valid.

back to top

Outright Winner

Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets are settled on the final league position, after play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.

back to top

Horse Racing

General

Bets on racing are settled on the official result (Jockey Club rules of racing).

We cannot be held responsible for any errors or omissions in respect of accuracy in publishing or issuing of prices or information, despite every effort being made to ensure total accuracy. We reserve the right to correct these errors.

When a result is amended after the official result (i.e. the weigh-in), for example as a result of a successful appeal, the amendment will be ignored for settlement purposes.

Ante-Post bets are settled at the price and place terms applicable at the time of acceptance. Should a wrong price or place term be given in error, we reserve the right to settle the bet according to the correct price/place terms available at the time of the bet.

back to top

Best Odds Guaranteed

For UK & Ireland: We will apply best odds guaranteed to horse racing events for races. This means that if you place your bet on fixed odds, your final price will be the fixed odds or SP odds, whichever is highest.

Best Odds Guaranteed will apply to single and accumulator bets.

Best Odds Guaranteed will apply to board prices and early prices.

Best Odds Guaranteed will not apply to ante post bets, including ‘non-runner no bet’ events unless otherwise stated.

In the event of a Rule 4, we pay you at the bigger odds, after the Rule 4 deduction has been applied.

Best Odds Guaranteed is available from 09:00 AM UK time each day on all UK and Irish horse races.

We reserve the right to withdraw this guarantee at any time and to apply exemptions to selected customers.

back to top

Each Way

Bets are acceptable win or Each Way. Using the Each Way checkbox will double the unit stake placed on the winner selection.

It will contain one bet on the Winner and another bet on the Place. Terms will be written at the header of the event eg. E/W 1/4 1-2-3.

For horse racing, the Each Way bets will be determined according to the number of runners and the table:

Number of Runners	Not Handicap race	Handicap race
1 – 4	Win Only	Win Only
5 – 7	¼ odds , for place 1, 2	¼ odds , for place 1, 2
8 – 11	1/5 odds , for place 1, 2, 3	1/5 odds , for place 1, 2, 3
12 – 15	1/5 odds , for place 1, 2, 3	¼ odds , for place 1, 2, 3
16 +	1/5 odds , for place 1, 2, 3	¼ odds , for place 1, 2, 3, 4

Number of runners coming under starters orders will be the number which will determine the each way terms for non-ante post races.

If non-runners take the race to less than five runners the place money goes on to win.

Some races can have enhanced odds or places and we keep the right to offer different odds and places.

back to top

Dead Heats

When a dead heat occurs for first place, the stake money on the winning selection will be divided by the number of winners, with full odds paid at the reduced stake. The remainder of the stake is lost. Where an Each Way bet involves a dead heat winner, the win part of the bet will be settled as above, and the place part will be settled in full, in accordance with the relevant place terms. Should the dead heat involve placed selections and results in more than the allocated number of places, then the stakes will be divided as before and settled to the full place terms.

back to top

Ante-Post

Ante-Post events will be available in advance to customers, more than 48 hours before the race. Bets on non-runner horses in Ante-Post events will be considered lost, unless otherwise stated.

Ante-Post events may be suspended on days when races related to the event occur.

Ante-post bets will be settled according to the price and place terms at the time the bet has been placed.

We reserve the right to cancel wagers on Ante-Post prices/places which have been presented due to typing mistakes or human error.

back to top

Postponed races

If a race is postponed and final declarations stand, then the bets will stand. Bets will be void if:

The race is declared void

The race is abandoned

The condition of the race has changed

The venue has been changed

The surface has been changed

back to top

Rule 4 Deduction

Rule 4 deduction will apply as per the following:

Price of non-runner at time of withdrawal	Amount deducted from winnings
1/9 or longer odds on	90c in the €
2/11 to 2/17	85c in the €
1/4 to 1/5	80c in the €
3/10 to 2/7	75c in the €
2/5 to 1/3	70c in the €
8/15 to 4/9	65c in the €
8/13 to 4/7	60c in the €
4/5 to 4/6	55c in the €
20/21 to 5/6	50c in the €
Evens to 6/5	45c in the €
5/4 to 6/4	40c in the €
13/8 to 7/4	35c in the €
15/8 to 9/4	30c in the €
5/2 to 3/1	25c in the €
10/3 to 4/1	20c in the €
9/2 to 11/2	15c in the €
6/1 to 9/1	10c in the €
10/1 to 14/1	5c in the €
Over 14/1	No deduction

In the case of a non-runner, the deduction will apply according to the non-runner odds right before the withdrawal.

R4 will apply on ‘Day of event race’, less than 48 hours before the race.

If 2 or more horses are withdrawn, the total deduction will not exceed 90p.

Rule 4 deductions will apply to all winning bets placed before the non-runner has been declared.

Example: Prices available at 9:00 AM.

1st non-runner declared: 10:00 AM.

Bookmaker applies Rule 4 at 10:05 AM.

Winning bets on fixed odds between 9:00 AM and 10:05 AM will be deducted according to the non-runner's last odds.

2nd non-runner declared: 11:30 AM.

Bookmaker applies 2nd Rule 4 at 11:35 AM.

Winning bets on fixed odds from 10:06 AM to 11:35 AM: 2nd Rule 4 will apply.

Winning bets on fixed odds between 9:00 AM and 10:05 AM: 2nd Rule 4 will apply but the sum of the deduction will not exceed 90p.

If a horse comes under starter’s orders but refuses to race, the bet will be a loser. In all horse races where a runner is withdrawn, or adjudged not to have started - and therefore been declared a Non-Runner by the starter - stakes on that selection will be refunded. (The exception to this being Ante Post bets). Bets on the remaining runners in that race, taken at Early Prices or at Board Prices prior to withdrawal, will be subject to a deduction.

back to top

Reserves

Some races contain reserves, who may or may not be priced in our early prices lists. The finishing position of any of these reserves will count regardless of whether they are priced or not.

If a reserve horse is offered with an early price and becomes a non-runner, then no Rule 4 deduction will be applied as a result of the withdrawal.

If a reserve horse is declared an official runner at the racecourse before the declaration stage and if it is subsequently withdrawn, normal Rule 4 rules will apply to the reserve horse from this point.

back to top

Forecasts

A Straight Forecast is a bet where you name two selections to finish 1st and 2nd in the correct order for a specified event.

A Reverse Forecast is a bet where you name two selections to finish 1st and 2nd in any order for a specific event.

A Combination Forecast is a bet where you choose three or more selections with any of these to finish 1st and 2nd for a specific event.

Forecasts will be accepted only in races of three or more runners and will be settled in accordance with the officially declared SP Computer Forecast Dividend. In races with less than three runners, the forecast bet will be declared void. If one of the selections becomes a non-runner in a forecast bet, the total stake will be placed on the other remaining selection as a win single bet at SP.

In races where a horse finishes alone and no forecast dividend is returned, then all forecast bets nominating that horse to finish first will be settled as a win single at SP on the winning horse. All other forecast bets in the race are lost.

In a Combination Forecast where a selection becomes a non-runner, the total stake of the bet will be divided equally between the possible forecast combinations, using the remaining selections and the forecasts, including the non-runner, becoming singles.

In the event of a dead heat, separate dividends will be declared for all the horses involved in the dead heat and forecast.

Unnamed favourites are not accepted for forecast betting.

back to top

Tricasts

A Tricast is a bet where you name the first three selections to finish first, second and third in the correct order for a specified race, in races where a Computer Forecast Dividend is declared.

A Combination Tricast is a bet where you name three selections to finish first, second and third in any order.

Any winning Tricast is paid out according to the official Computer Tricast return which is declared to a €1 stake.

Tricasts are offered on all handicap races in which there are eight or more runners declared. If there are less than 8 runners, all bets will be void.

If one of the selections becomes a non-runner in a tricast bet, the bet will be settled as a forecast on the remaining selections in the order they were selected. If two of the selections become non-runners in a tricast, the bet will be settled as a win single on the remaining runner.

In the event of two or more horses dead-heating for first, second or third place then separate dividends will be declared and paid to each qualifying tricast. In fixed price tricast, the full odds will be paid with the stake being split according to the number of horses which dead heat.

Unnamed favourites are not accepted for tricast betting.

Tricasts are accepted for singles only.

back to top

Favourites

Bets on First and Second favourites are accepted win-only at starting price. Early prices or board prices cannot be taken on unnamed favourites.

The favourite is the horse quoted at the shortest odds in the official starting price.

The second favourite is the horse quoted at the next shortest price.

If two horses are quoted at the same odds, and these odds are shorter than those quoted against any other, then these two are equal first favourite and equal second favourite.

If two or more co-favourites are selected, the stake will be divided equally between them and paid at full odds.

back to top

Betting Without

Predict the result of a given race excluding a Favourite horse. The finishing position of the Favourite horse will be ignored for bets placed on this market. For example, a bet placed on Cue Card without Don Cossack (favourite) will win if Cue Card wins the race or finishes second to Don Cossack. The bet will have lost in all other circumstances.

In markets where we offer 'Betting Without' a nominated selection, the place terms will be based on the remaining number of runners excluding the nominated selection.

Any Each Way terms advertised are settled on the actual number of runners who take part in the race, excluding the 'without' selection.

Any Rule 4 deductions will still apply and will be based on the price of the withdrawn runner in that market at the time of withdrawal.

Betting Without bets are settled ignoring the finishing position of the nominated ‘without’ runner. Where the nominated ‘without’ selection is withdrawn before the start of a race, all bets on any of the field in this market stand.

Where the nominated “Without” selection is withdrawn before the start of a race, all bets on any of the field in this market stand.

If 2 or fewer runners start the race, bets will be void.

Normal dead heat rules apply.

back to top

Place Only Betting

Place Only 2 – Predict a horse to finish in one of the first two places. Place only bets are accepted on horse races of five or more runners.

Place Only 3 – Predict a horse to finish in one of the first three places. Place only bets are accepted on horse races of eight or more runners.

In the event of a horse being withdrawn (not under starter’s orders), stakes on that selection will be returned. Bets for the remaining horses in the race will be subject to a deduction in accordance with the Rule 4 table below, based on the price in the Place Only market of the withdrawn horse(s) at the time of withdrawal.

Price of Non-Runner at time of withdrawal	Place Only 2	Place Only 3	Place Only 4
Place Only Rule 4 Deductions Table
Amount deducted from winnings
1/18 or longer odds on	50c in the €	35c in the €	25c in the €
1/9 to 1/16	45c in the €	30c in the €	25c in the €
2/11 to 2/17	45c in the €	30c in the €	20c in the €
1/4 to 1/5	40c in the €	30c in the €	20c in the €
3/10 to 2/7	40c in the €	25c in the €	20c in the €
2/5 to 1/3	35c in the €	25c in the €	20c in the €
8/15 to 4/9	35c in the €	25c in the €	15c in the €
8/13 to 4/7	30c in the €	20c in the €	15c in the €
4/5 to 4/6	30c in the €	20c in the €	15c in the €
20/21 to 5/6	25c in the €	20c in the €	15c in the €
Evens to 6/5	25c in the €	15c in the €	10c in the €
5/4 to 6/4	20c in the €	15c in the €	10c in the €
13/8 to 7/4	20c in the €	15c in the €	10c in the €
15/8 to 9/4	15c in the €	10c in the €	10c in the €
5/2 to 3/1	15c in the €	10c in the €	No Deduction
10/3 to 4/1	10c in the €	10c in the €	No deduction
9/2 and above	No Deduction

If 2 or more horses are withdrawn, the total deduction will not exceed 90c.

If the selected horse is withdrawn from a race after coming under starter's orders, bets placed on that horse will have lost as the horse will be deemed to have been a participant in the race.

In the event of non-runners, the number of places paid will remain the same, unless the number of runners in the race is equal to or less than the number of places paid, in which case all bets will be void. This market is settled on the official place terms of the race. If an 8 horse race with Each Way terms of 3 places is reduced to a race of 7 or fewer runners, we will still pay 3 places on the Place Only market.

Normal dead heat rules apply.

back to top

Match Betting

Predict a horse to finish one place ahead of another horse in a direct Head-To-Head during Race event.

A Match bet is based on one selection beating another according to the specific conditions advertised. Dead heat rules apply unless a tie price is made available (e.g. for a handicap match bet). One of the two selections in any match bet must complete the course for the bets to stand, otherwise bets are void.

Both selections must start for bets to stand, otherwise Match Bets are void.

Settlement of bets will be based on the official declared result.

If neither horse finishes a race with hurdles/fences, the number of hurdles/fences successfully completed in the race will determine the winner.

back to top

Ice Hockey

General

All games must start on the scheduled date (local stadium time) for bets to be valid. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.

If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, bets placed based on the original listing will be void.

Games must run for a minimum of 55 minutes for action. If a game is suspended before 55 complete minutes are played, all bets on the outcome of the game are refunded unless otherwise stated, except for bets on any markets that have been unconditionally determined.

back to top

Pre-Match Betting

Pre-match betting will be settled according to the final score including overtime (and penalty shootout if needed), or excluding overtime, depending on the terms of the specific bet market. The results of matches decided by a penalty shootout will include the entire penalty shootout as one goal for the winning team.

Friendly and friendly international live matches will be settled based on regulation score unless otherwise stated.

In pre-match betting the following bet types will be settled excluding overtime:

Periods – All Periods bet types (1st, 2nd, 3rd) are settled excluding overtime

Draw No Bet

Exact Score

Race To Goals (2, 3, 4, 5)

Time Of 1st Goal

Double Chance

Number Of Goals

Number Of Team Goals

Both Teams To Score

Highest Scoring Period

3 Way Handicap

To Win To Nil

Method Of Winning

First To Score

Last To Score

Winning Margin

1st Period/Full Time

Asian Lines

In pre-match betting the following bet types will be settled including overtime:

2 Way ML

2 Way HC

2 Way OU

Exact Score

Odd/Even

Winning Margin

back to top

Live Betting

Live betting will be settled according to the final score including overtime (and penalty shootout if needed). The results of matches decided by a penalty shootout will include the penalty shootout as one goal for the winning team.

Friendly and friendly international live matches will be settled based on regulation score unless otherwise stated.

The following bet types will be settling excluding overtime:

3 Way Moneyline (Regular Time Winner)

3 Way Handicap

3 Way Total Goals OU

Asian Lines – Handicap & OU

Draw No Bet

Double Chance

Next Goal

First to Score

Last to Score

Both Teams to Score

Number of Goals

Number of Team Goals

Exact Score (with draw)

Odd/Even

Race to Goals

Overtime

Periods – All Periods bet types (1st, 2nd, 3rd)

Team To Win Most Periods

Team To Win All 3 Periods

Race To Goals (2, 3, 4, 5)

Both Teams To Score At Least 2 Goals (3 Goals)

To Win To Nil

Winning Margin

The following bet types will be settled including overtime for all ice hockey leagues:

Handicap FT (2 Way)

When Will Game End

Exact Score (without draw)

Winning Margin

Odd/Even

Total Team Goals (2 Way)

Total Goals (2 Way)

2 Way Money Line

2 Way Handicap

2 Way Over/Under

back to top

NHL

NHL bets (pre-match and live) include overtime and penalty shootouts unless specifically stated otherwise.

If a game is decided by a penalty shootout, one goal will be added to the winning team’s score and the game total.

NHL regular time and pre-season match bets are settled on the score at the end of regulation time.

The following NHL bet types will be settled according to regulation time:

3 Way Moneyline

Asian Lines – Handicap & OU

Puck Line (Handicap) (3 Way)

Double Chance

First to Score

Last to Score

Draw No Bet

Number of Team Goals

Number of Goals

Highest Scoring Period

Next Goal

To Win Most Periods

1st To 3 Goals

back to top

All Competitions (Excluding NHL)

All pre-match bets will be settled based on the score at the end of regulation time, excluding overtime if played, unless otherwise stated.

For live betting – see live betting rules.

Friendly and friendly international live matches will be settled based on regulation score unless otherwise stated.

back to top

1st/2nd/3rd Period

Bets settled on the first/second/third period result only.

The 3rd period excludes overtime.

The relevant period must be completed for bets to have action.

If a match is abandoned during the second period, all first period bets are still valid.

If a match is abandoned during the third period, all first/second period bets are still valid.

back to top

2W ML

Predict the winner of the match including overtime and penalties.

back to top

Spread

Predict the spread between both teams at the final score.

Spread bets on pre-match games (excluding NHL) will be settled with the regulation result.

Spread bets on live events will be settled with the overtime/penalty shootout result.

Examples:

+0.5 - You win if your team draws or wins the match.

-0.5 - You win if your team wins the match.

back to top

Over/Under

Predict the total goals scored in a match.

Over/Under bets on pre-match games (excluding NHL) will be settled with the regulation result.

Over/Under bets on live events will be settled with the overtime/penalty shootout result.

Examples:

Over 2 - Bets win if there are two or more goals scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, the stake is returned. Bets lose if there is 0 or 1 goal scored in the match.

Over 2.5 - Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match.

Under 2.5 - Bets win if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match.

back to top

Total Goals

Predict the total goals achieved in the match.

Over 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 3 goals or more in the match.

Under 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are no goals or less than 3 goals in the match.

back to top

3 Way Handicap

In a 3 Way Handicap, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, giving you 3 potential bets. Handicap (-1) - You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. Tie: You win if the team with (-1) Handicap wins the match with exactly one goal difference. Handicap (+1) - You win if your team draws or win the match.

back to top

Regular Time Winner

Predict the winner after regular time only.

back to top

Asian HC and O/U

Asian markets are settled on the result after regular time. Live Asian Handicap bets are settled according to the score for the remainder of the game after the bet was placed. Goals scored before the bet was placed are not included.

back to top

Number of Goals

Bet on the total number of goals scored by the two teams within the official 60-minute play. Own goals are counted for betting purposes.

back to top

Total Team Goals

Predict the total goals scored by a named team.

Over 0.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 1 or more goals.

Under 0.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team doesn't score.

Over 1.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 2 or more goals.

Under 1.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 1 goal or less.

Own goals are counted for betting purposes.

back to top

First to Score/Last to Score/Next Goal

Which team will score the first/last/next goal in a match. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal.

If an event is abandoned after a goal was scored then all bets on team of "First to Score" will stand, "Last to Score" will be void, team of "Next Goal" goal which has already been determined will stand and "Next Goal" which has not been determined will be void.

If an event is abandoned without any goal being scored, then all "First to Score/Last to Score" bets will be void.

back to top

Draw No Bet

Predict the winning team. In the event of a draw all bets are void and stakes are refunded.

back to top

Both Teams To Score

Yes = Both teams to score.

No = Either team not to score.

Bets stand if both teams have scored in the match, irrespective of if the match is later abandoned.

back to top

Winning Margin

Predict the margin in which the winning team will win. Overtime and penalty shootouts are included for this bet type for all leagues.

back to top

To Qualify

Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, all qualification/win the cup bets will be void.

To qualify bets include overtime/shootouts.

back to top

To Win Series

Bets are void if the statutory number of games (according to the respective governing organisations) are not completed or are changed.

back to top

Head 2 Head

If one or more contestants fail to start, all bets are considered void and stakes will be refunded.

back to top

First/Last/Anytime Goalscorer

Predict if a player will score first/anytime goal in the match. Own goals are ignored for settlement purposes. If an own goal is scored, the previous or the next goal (if there are any) will be taken into consideration for settlement purposes. If only own goals are scored in the match, it will be considered a No Goalscorer result.

For all leagues (including the NHL), bets are settled according to regular time only. Stakes on players not included in the match line-up will be void.

If a match is abandoned after the first goal has already been scored, bets on the First Goalscorer market and on the Anytime Goalscorer market for players who have already scored, will stand. All other bets placed on the Anytime Goalscorer market will be void.

If a match is abandoned before a first goal is scored, all bets will be void.

back to top

Odd/Even

A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated goals in a match will add up to an odd or even number.

Any match resulting in 0-0 will be settled as an even number of goals.

back to top

Exact Score

Predict the score at the end of regular time (except NHL).

If an exact score occurs that is not an option in our offer, all bets are lost.

back to top

Double Chance

A Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes in a match with one bet.

The following options are available:

1 or X - If the result is either a home win or a draw, bets on this option are winners.

X or 2 - If the result is either a draw or away win, bets on this option are winners.

1 or 2 - If the result is either a home win or an away win, bets on this option are winners.

All bets are valid for regulation time in all leagues.

back to top

Time of 1st Goal

If a match is abandoned after the first goal is scored, all bets stand.

If a match is abandoned before a goal is scored, all bets are void.

If a match ends without a goal being scored, all bets are void. This bet type is settled excluding overtime.

As soon as a game starts, it is deemed to be in the first minute, so for example, a goal scored after 24 minutes and 16 seconds is settled as having been scored in the 25th minute.

back to top

Overtime

Predict whether the game will go to overtime or not.

back to top

Most Goals

Predict in which period the most goals will be scored.

If 2 or more periods have the same score, all bets will be void.

Most goals excludes overtime (including NHL).

back to top

1st To 3 Goals

Predict which team will be the first to score 3 goals. Overtime is included for this bet type for all leagues. All penalty shootouts will be considered as one goal. For example: If Team A is the first team to score in a penalty shootout when the regulation time is tied at 2-2, and Team B won the penalty shootout, then Team B is the first team to score for this purpose.

back to top

Finishing Position

Predict which team will be ahead in the final tournament position.

If one or more teams fail to start the tournament, all bets are considered void and stakes will be refunded.

back to top

Shots on Goal

Shots on Goal is similar to Handicap and Over/Under Wager.

Win/loss is determined by the number of shots on target by both teams, then comparing with the handicap given before the game starts.

back to top

Relegation

If a team is removed from the league/tournament before the season has started, all bets on that market will be void, and a new relegation book will be opened.

back to top

Winner

Bets settled on final league/tournament position include play-offs.

back to top

Group Winner

Bets settled on final Group position.

back to top

Series Score

Bets are void if the statutory number of games (according to the respective governing organisations) are not completed or are changed.

back to top

Elimination Stage

Predict in which stage of a tournament a team will be eliminated.

back to top

Penalty

Predict which penalty type will be first to be awarded.

back to top

Team To Win All 3 Periods

Predict if one of the two teams will win all of the three periods in the match.

back to top

Race To Goals (2, 3, 4, 5)

Predict which of the two teams will reach the goals figure first. Neither team added as an optional selection.

back to top

Both Teams To Score At Least 2 Goals (3 Goals)

Predict if both of the teams will score 2 or more goals in the match.

back to top

To Win To Nil

Predict which of the two teams will manage to win the match without conceding a goal in regular time.

back to top

Highest Scoring Period

Predict which of the three periods will have most goals scored in it.

back to top

Method Of Winning

Predict what will be the winning method of the match – after: Regular Time, Overtime or Penalties.

back to top

1st Period/Full Time

Predict which of the two teams will be winning at the end of the 1st period and regular time in one combined bet type.

back to top

Motor Racing

General

If a race or qualifier is postponed for any reason, all wagers will remain valid for 48 hours.

back to top

Formula One Racing - Race Outright

All race bets are settled on the official classification from the Federation Internationale de l'Automobile (FIA), the sport's governing body, at the time of the podium presentation.

back to top

Championship Outright

Wagers will be graded as per FIA classification immediately after the final race of the season and will not be affected by any subsequent penalties or demotions.

back to top

Constructors

Each participant is priced to be the top constructor over the Formula 1 season in accordance with Constructors Championship standings, and rules as specified by the FIA.

back to top

Fastest Lap

The official FIA result at the time of the podium presentation for the race will be used.

back to top

Podium Position

The result for settlement is at the time of the podium presentation.

Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

back to top

Head to Head

Two drivers may be paired for betting purposes and prices offered on which of them will finish in a higher position in a specific race.

In the event that neither driver finishes the race, the driver who completed more laps will be deemed the winner. If both drivers have completed the same number of full laps, bets will be void.

back to top

NASCAR - Outright Race

The Official NASCAR winner of the race shall be the winner of the race for wagering purposes; this includes all races which are halted prematurely for any reason.

Any drivers who do not qualify for the race will be deemed no action, i.e. all bets on such driver will be declared void.

back to top

Rally

All race bets are settled on the official classification as defined by the official race organisers and will not be affected by any subsequent enquiries.

back to top

MOTORBIKES - Championship Outright

All-in compete or not. Bets will be determined by the number of points accumulated following the podium presentation of the final race of the season and will not be affected by any subsequent enquiries.

back to top

Race Outright

Non-Runner no-bet.

The podium positions will be used to determine the winner for betting purposes.

Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.

back to top

Netball

General

In the event of a match starting but not being completed all bets will be void unless stated otherwise in the rules. All bets will be settled based on the regular time result only, unless otherwise stated in the rules.

If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.

If a match is postponed or abandoned for any reason all bets will be void, unless re-arranged and played on the same day or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if we advertise an incorrect starting time.

If a market is offered as 2 Way and happened to finish with a draw result, Push rules apply.

back to top

Outright

Predict the winner of the league/tournament. Bets will be settled according to the final standings, including play-offs if played, unless otherwise stated.

back to top

Money Line

Predict the outcome:
1 – Home team wins
X – Draw
2 – Away team wins

back to top

Spread

Predict the winner, applying the given handicap (spread) to the result.

back to top

Over/Under

Predict whether the total points scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.

back to top

1st/2nd Half

Bets (money line, spread, over/under) on halves will be settled according to the relevant half score only.

A relevant half must be completed for bets to stand, unless they are already determined. If the game is suspended in the second half, first half bets will be settled, the others will be void.

back to top

1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter

Bets (money line, spread, over/under) on quarters will be settled according to the relevant quarter result only. A relevant quarter must be completed for bets to stand, unless they are already determined.

If the game is suspended - bets on finished quarters will be settled, while bets on running as well as not started quarters will be void, unless bets on the running quarter are already determined. For example, a game is suspended in the 3rd quarter:

Bets on 1st and 2nd quarters will be settled
If there are any O/U bets on the 3rd quarter that could be settled, they would be
All other bets will be void.

back to top

Snooker & Pool

General

Non-Runner no-bet - With the exception of bets placed on any player who takes part in a given tournaments' qualifying but fails to qualify for the main tournament. Such bets will be deemed losers for settlement purposes. All participants in a given tournament will be priced to win the tournament outright. Each Way betting is available. Details are displayed under the competition title.

back to top

Money Line

Predict which player will win the match.

In the event of a match starting but not being completed, the player progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory will be deemed the winner for settlement purposes.

In the event of a match not starting at all, all bets are refunded.

back to top

Spread

If the statutory number of frames in a match are not completed, changed, or different from those offered for betting purposes, bets will be void. In the event of a disqualification or retirement bets will be void.

In the event of a match starting but not being completed for whatever reason or a match not starting at all, all bets are refunded.

back to top

Over/Under

If the statutory number of frames in a match are not completed, changed, or different from those offered for betting purposes, bets will be void. In the event of a disqualification or retirement, bets will be void.

In the event of a match starting but not being completed for whatever reason or a match not starting at all, all bets are refunded.

back to top

First Frame

In the event of the first frame not being completed bets will be void.

back to top

Half Time/Full Time

Predict the result after the first 4 frames and the overall winner of the match.

All bets void if match is not completed.

back to top

1st to 3 Frames

Predict which player will be the first to reach 3 frames.

Either player must win 3 frames for bets to stand.

back to top

Soccer

General

All match markets are based on the result at the end of the regular time. This includes any added injury or stoppage time but does not include extra time, time allocated for a penalty shootout or a golden goal.

An exception is made when this rule relates to friendly matches. In such cases, all match markets are settled based on the actual result at the end of the game (excluding any extra time), irrespective of whether the full 90 minutes is played.
This rule applies only to matches with a regular playing time of two 45-minute halves.

Some soccer matches may have different playing schedules. In that case the following will apply:

90 minutes scheduled play (3 x 30 minutes). Full time bets are still considered valid. Half time bets are considered void.

80 minutes scheduled play (2 x 40 minutes). All bets are still considered valid.

Should any match be played prior to the date or kick-off time denoted, then bets will stand provided the wager is placed not later than the revised kick-off time.

All bets on a match abandoned before the completion of the regular time will be void, unless the match is rearranged and played on the same date (at local time) or stated otherwise in the rules, except for bets on any markets that have been unconditionally determined.

If the game does not take place as scheduled, and is not played on the same date (at local time), all bets are void. An exception is made if an incorrect kick-off time is announced on our website.

If a match venue is changed, then bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets based on the original listing will be void.

Bets will stand if we list a team name without specifying the term 'XI' in the name. In the absence of an official source, or when significant conflicting evidence is present, bets will be settled based on our own statistics.

back to top

Extra Time

All bets are settled using the official statistics for the extra time period only. Any goals, corners, etc. that were taken or scored during the regulation time do not count. Extra time does not include a penalty shootout.

back to top

Penalty Shootouts

For handicap betting, all penalties taken in the shootout are counted, including Sudden Death (the additional penalties after the first 10 penalties).

In Over/Under betting, the result includes only converted penalty kicks from the standard ten penalties in the shootout and does not include sudden death. If the match does not go to a penalty shootout all bets are void.

back to top

Next Minute Markets

Each market refers to a specific 1 or 5 minute period in the match. It is split into minutes and seconds and it is displayed as part of the market title. 00:59 seconds counts as the first minute, 01:59 counts as the second minute, and so on.

Injury time does not count. For example:

The 5 minute period 40:00-44:59 refers to the first half only and does not include first half injury time.

The 5 minute period 45:00-49:59 refers to the start of the second half only and does not include first half injury time.

The 5 minute period 85:00-89:59 refers to the second half only and does not include second half injury time.

A settlement will be made based on data from the TV broadcaster covering the match or, if this is not available, on the official website of the competition, and if this is not available, on data transmitted by our data providers.

If a match is abandoned during any of these minute markets, all bets placed will be void if the time of the bet period was not completed. Bets in which the time of the bet period was completed will be settled and not declared void.

If a specified minute period is not completed, all bets will be void, unless a winning market has already been established prior to the stoppage in play. All disallowed or cancelled goals, corner kicks, cards, penalties, free kicks, goal kicks and throw-ins will not count.

Goals will be settled on the time the goal is scored.

Corner is considered to have happened when it is AWARDED (not when it is taken).
Cards - both yellow and red - count. Only cards shown to players on the playing field count. A card is considered to have happened when it is shown.
Penalty is considered to have happened when it is AWARDED (not when it is taken).
Free kick is considered to have happened when it is AWARDED (not when it is taken).
Goal kick is considered to have happened when it is AWARDED (not when it is taken).
Throw-in is considered to have happened when it is AWARDED (not when it is taken).

back to top

1X2

Bets can be placed by either selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away Win. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

1 - Home Win

X - Draw

2 - Away Win

back to top

Asians

The Asian Line is a special type of handicap used for soccer matches. Depending on the strength of each team, a handicap is issued for the game. This enables the odds for each side to be more similar, allowing more competitive betting opportunities. All bets on the Asian Handicap in live betting (including 1st/2nd half bets) are settled according to the score line. Any goals prior to the bet being placed are not counted for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

Asian Handicap	What it means
0	You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw (0 goals difference), your stake is refunded.
0.25	You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw, your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw, and its stakes are refunded.
0.5	You win if your team draws or wins the match.
0.75	You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a one goal difference, you lose half of the stake.
1	You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded.
-0.25	You win if your team wins the match. If it draws, you lose half of the stake.
-0.5	You win if your team wins the match.
-0.75	You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with one goal your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw and its stakes are refunded.
-1	You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded.

Live betting example:

Juventus vs Man United - Live score 1:0

Team	Asian Handicap	Odds
Juventus	-0.75	1.80
Manchester	+0.75	2.15

Final score 3:0

If you bet €100 on Juventus, your net win is €80.

Final score 1:0, 1:1, 1:2, 1:3,2:1, 2:2, 3:2, 3:3

If you bet €100 on Man. United, your net win is €115.

back to top

Over/Under

Predict the total goals scored in a match. Goals are considered, regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bets are placed (unlike Asians, where the result before the bet is placed is ignored). If a game is abandoned, bets will be void unless settlement is already unconditionally determined.

Over/Under	What it means
Under 2	Bets win if there is either 0 or 1 goal scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, the stake is returned. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match.
Under 2.25	Bets win if there is either 0 or 1 goal scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, half the stake will win and half will be returned. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match.
Under 2.5	Bets win if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match.
Under 2.75	Bets win if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. If there are three goals exactly, half the stake will be returned and half will be lost. Bets lose if there are four or more goals scored in the match.
Over 2	Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, the stake is returned. Bets lose if there is 0 or 1 goal scored in the match.
Over 2.25	Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, half the stake will be returned and half will be lost. Bets lose if there is 0 or 1 goal scored in the match.
Over 2.5	Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match.
Over 2.75	Bets win if there are four or more goals scored in the match. If there are three goals exactly, half the stake will win and half will be returned. Bets lose if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match.

back to top

Total Goals/Total Goals 1st Half

Predict the total goals scored in the match/1st half by both teams. If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the placed bet has already been determined.

Over 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 3 or more goals in the match/1st half.

Under 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 2 goals or less in the match/1st half.

back to top

Total Team Goals/1st Half Total Team Goals

Predict the total goals scored by a certain team in the match/1st half. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal. If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the bet placed has already been determined.

For example:

Over 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 3 or more goals in the match/1st half.

Under 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 2 goals or less in the match/1st half.

back to top

1st Half: 1X2, Asians and Over/Under

Bets will be settled on the first half result only. If a match is abandoned before half time, the bet will be void, unless the markets were unconditionally determined. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.

back to top

2nd Half: 1X2, Asians and Over/Under

Bets will be settled on the second half result only. If a match is abandoned then all bets will be void, unless the markets were unconditionally determined.

back to top

1X2 Up to 30th Min, Asians and Over/Under Up to 30th Min

All bets will be settled based on the score by the end of the 30th min (29:59). If a match is abandoned before the 30th min, bets will be void, except O/U bets which have already been determined. If a match is abandoned after the 30th min, all bets will stand.

back to top

1X2 Up to 70th Min, Asians and Over/Under Up to 70th Min

All bets will be settled based on the score by the end of the 70th min (69:59). If a match is abandoned before the 70th min, bets will be void, except O/U bets which have already been determined. If a match is abandoned after the 70th min, all bets will stand.

back to top

Draw No Bet

Predict which team will be the winner. In case of a draw, all bets will be void. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

back to top

Double Chance

A Double Chance market allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes in a game with one bet. There is also Double Chance 1st Half market, which is settled according to the result of the 1st half only.

The following options are available:

1 or X - If the result is either a home win or a draw then bets on this option are winners.

X or 2 - If the result is either a draw or an away win then bets on this option are winners.

1 or 2 - If the result is either a home win or an away win then bets on this option are winners.

back to top

Exact Score

Predict the exact score of the match by choosing from given results. There is another variation of this market available: Exact Score 1st Half, where you must predict the score of the 1st Half.

back to top

Multi-Bet Exact Score

Predict the final score of the game by choosing from given options. Every option includes several results. You win if the final score is the same as any of the results featured in the option you have bet on. Otherwise you lose. For example:

You have a bet on line: 1:0, 2:0, 3:0.
If the final score is either 1:0 or 2:0 or 3:0, you will win. If any other result occurs, your bet will be lost.

back to top

Half Time/Full Time

Predict the result of a match at half time and at the end of regular time. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

Example: If you chose 1/X, you bet on the home team to be winning at half time and the match to end in a draw. Extra time and penalty shootouts do not count.

back to top

Both Teams to Score

Predict whether both teams will score at least one goal in the game. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of these bets is already determined.

“Yes” - meaning that both teams will score.

“No” - meaning that at least one team will not score.

back to top

3 Way Handicap

In a 3W Handicap, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, which means you have 3 potential bets. Bets are settled according to the final result. There is another option in this market: 1st Half 3 W Handicap, which is settled according to the result of 1st half only.

For example:

Handicap (-2) - You will win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of three or more.

Tie (-2) - You will win if the team with (-2) Handicap wins the match with exactly 2 goals difference.

Handicap (+2) - You will win if your team loses by 1 goal /draws/wins.

back to top

First to Score/Last to Score/2nd Goal/3rd Goal/4th Goal.

Predict which team will score the First/2nd/3rd/4th (and so on) last goal in the match. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned all bets will be void, unless the outcome of a bet is already determined.

back to top

Winning Margin

Predict the team to win the match and the victory margin. For example in a match Team A vs Team B:

Bet on Team A to win by 2 or more goals wins if the result is 2:0, 3:0, 3:1, 4:0, 4:1, 4:2, etc.

Bet on Team A to win by 1 goal wins if the result is 1:0, 2:1, 3:2, etc.

Bet on Score Draw wins in case of any draw results with the exception of 0:0, (i.e. 1:1, 2:2, 3:3, etc).

Bet on a no score draw wins only if the result is 0:0.

Bet on Team B to win by 2 or more goals wins if the result is 0:2, 0:3, 1:3, 0:4, 1:4, 2:4, etc.

Bet on Team B to win by 1 goal wins if the result is 0:1, 1:2, 2:3, etc.

back to top

Odd/Even

Predict whether goals accumulated by both teams will add up to an odd or even number. When no goals are scored, it is considered as Even for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless an outcome is already determined. There are several variations of this market:

Odd/Even - Bets on it are settled according to full time score.

1st Half Odd/Even - Bets on it are settled according to the 1st half result only.

2nd Half Odd/Even - Bets on it are settled according to the 2nd half result only.

back to top

Teams Odd/Even

Predict whether goals accumulated by a certain team will add up to an odd or even number. If this team has 0 goals, it is considered as Even for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless an outcome is already determined. There are several variations of this market:

Teams Odd/Even - bets are settled according to the goals scored by the named team at full time.

1st Half Teams Odd/Even - bets are settled according to the goals scored by the named team in the 1st half.

2nd Half Teams Odd/Even - bets are settled according to the goals scored by the named team in the 2nd half.

back to top

Goalscorer

Predict whether a player will score the first/last/anytime goal in the match. Own goals are ignored for settlement purposes. If an own goal is scored, the previous or the next goal (if there are any) will be taken into consideration. If only own goals are scored in the match, it will be considered as No Goalscorer result for settlement purposes.

Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void. For First Goalscorer, bets on players coming on as substitutes after the first goal has already been scored will also be declared void.

If a match is abandoned after the first goal has already been scored, all winning bets on First Goalscorer and on Anytime Goalscorer (bets on players who have already scored) will stand, all other bets on Goalscorer market will be void.

If a match is abandoned before a first goal is scored, all bets will be void.

back to top

Goalscorer Premier

Betting options available on this market are:

First or Last Goalscorer - Predict whether a certain player will score the first or the last goal in the match.

2 or more - Predict whether a certain player will score 2 or more goals in the match.

3 or more - Predict whether a certain player will score 3 or more goals in the match.

Own goals are ignored for settlement purposes. If an own goal is scored, the previous or the next goal (if there are any) will be taken into consideration. Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void.

If a match is abandoned, bets on this market will be void, with the exception of any bets that have a previously determined outcome.

back to top

Team Goalscorer

Predict which player of a certain team will score the most goals in a League/Tournament.

Goals scored both in regular and extra time count. Penalty shootout goals do not count. In the event that two or more players score the same amount of goals, dead heat rules apply. If there no goals scored by the named team, all bets will be void.

back to top

Top Goalscorer

Players who are nominated to play for their teams are considered VALID bets regardless of whether they are sidelined or injured during the tournament. In case a player is transferred to a different club within the same league, goals scored prior to the move will be counted. If a player is transferred to a club in another league, goals scored prior to the transfer cannot be brought over to his/her new league.

All bets will stand in case of any of the above-mentioned scenarios, unless otherwise stated:

Own goals will be ignored.

Only League goals scored are counted.

Goals scored in play-off matches are not counted.

If two or more players score the same amount of goals, dead heat rules apply.

back to top

Teams to score in 1st Half/2nd Half/Both halves

Predict if a team will score at least one goal in 1st Half/2nd Half/Both halves. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal for settlement purposes.

If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the placed bet has already been determined.

back to top

Teams Clean Sheet

Clean Sheet means that a team will finish the game without conceding a goal. Own goals are valid for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void.

For example:

Team Clean Sheet Team A “Yes” – in order for the bet to be settled as won, Team A should not concede any goal (including an own goal) in the game. If they do, the bet is lost.

Team Clean Sheet Team A “No” – in order for the bet to be settled as won, Team A should concede a goal (an own goal counts as well) in the game. If they don’t, the bet is lost.

back to top

Head 2 Head

If one or more contestants fail to start the tournament, all bets are considered void. If both teams reach the same stage, dead heat rules apply.

back to top

Total Goals Min

Total Goals Min is the sum of the minutes of all goals scored in the regular time of the game. Goal times are recorded as the full minute according to the official source. Any goal scored in added time of the 1st half will be recorded as the 45th minute. Any goal scored in added time of the 2nd half will be recorded as the 90th minute. As soon as a game kicks off it will be deemed to be in the first minute. So for example a goal scored after 24 minutes and 16 seconds will be settled as scored in the 25th minute. Win/Loss is determined by comparing Total Goals Min with preset number. If a game is abandoned, bets on this market will be void.

back to top

OU & Goal Crazy/Goal Crazy/1st Half Goal Crazy

Bets are settled on the total number of goals scored by both teams in the match - Goal Crazy, or for the 1st half - 1st Half Goal Crazy. If an event is abandoned during the 1st half, all bets on this market will be void. If an event is abandoned after the 1st half is completed, bets on 1st Half Goal Crazy will stand and bets on Goal Crazy will be void. Example:

If you pick 2-3, you win if 2 or 3 goals are scored in the match/1st half. Otherwise your bet is lost.

If you pick 3+, you win if 3 or more goals are scored in the match/1st half. Otherwise your bet is lost.

back to top

Half with Most Goals

Predict in which half most goals will be scored. Bets will be void if the match is abandoned.

back to top

Number of Goals/Number of Goals 1st Half

Predict the exact number of goals scored in the match/1st half by both teams. If an event is abandoned during the 1st half, all bets on this market will be void. If an event is abandoned after the 1st half is completed, bets on Number of Goals 1st Half will stand and bets on Number of Goals will be void.

back to top

Number of Team Goals/Number of Team Goals 1st Half

Predict the exact number of goals scored by a named team in the match/1st half. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal. If an event is abandoned after the 1st half is completed, bets on Number of Team goals 1st Half will stand and bets on Number of Team Goals will be void.

back to top

First Half/Second Half

Predict the result of first and second half separately. If a match is abandoned, bets will be void.

Example: To win a bet on '1/X’, the home team must win the first half and the result of the second half should be a draw. Extra time and a penalty shootout do not count.

back to top

1X2 rest of the match

All bets are determined without taking into consideration the current result at the time the bet is being placed - as if the game was starting again from 0:0 score after the bet had been placed. If a match is abandoned, all bets are void.

Example: Current result is 1-0 and final result is 1-1. The result for the bet settlement is 0-1:

1 - Bets on Home Team are lost.

X - Bets on Draw are lost.

2 - Bets on Away Team are winners.

back to top

Penalty

Penalty is similar to Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of penalties accumulated by both teams. If a match is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of a bet is already determined.

If a penalty is awarded, but not taken (referee changes his decision, the game is abandoned before the penalty is taken), this penalty will be ignored for settlement purposes.

back to top

Win to Nil

Predict if a certain team will win the game, without conceding a goal.

back to top

Win Either Half

Predict if a certain team will win at least one half of the game - no matter whether it’s 1st or 2nd half.

back to top

Own Goal

Predict if there will be an own goal scored in the match.

back to top

Win From Behind

Predict if a certain team will be down by one or more goals during any time of the match, but will eventually win the match.

back to top

Score/Miss a Penalty

Predict if a certain team will score or miss a penalty during the game. Penalties that were cancelled by the referee will be ignored.

back to top

Added Time in 1st Half/2nd Half

Added Time is similar to Over/Under wagers. Win/loss is determined by the Added Time officially announced by the referee, not by the actual time played. If a game is abandoned in the 1st half, all bets will be void. If a game is abandoned in the 2nd half, Added Time in 1st Half bets will be settled, Added Time in 2nd Half bets will be void.

For example: If the referee shows 1 min added time and 2 min are played, bets will be settled as 1 min added time.

back to top

1st Goal Period

Predict when the 1st goal of the game will be scored by choosing from given time periods. Own goals will count for settlement purposes.

Betting periods at the end of either half include any injury/stoppage time added on by the match official at the end of normal time. Extra time does not count.

If a match is abandoned after the first goal is scored all bets will stand. If a match is abandoned before the first goal is scored, or a game finishes without any goals being scored, all bets will be void. As soon as a game kicks off it will be deemed to be in the first minute. So for example a goal scored after 24 minutes and 16 seconds will be settled as scored in the 25th minute.

back to top

Goal up to 30th Min

Predict if there will be a goal scored before the 30th Min (29:59) of the game. If a game is abandoned before the 30th Min, bets will be void, unless a goal has already been scored in the game.

back to top

Goal Scored 1-15 Min, 16-30 Min, 31-Half Time, Starting 2nd Half - 60 Min, 61-75 Min, 76-Full Time

Bet on whether a goal will be scored in the named periods. If the match is abandoned, bets on the periods before the time of abandonment still stand, while all bets on periods after that time will be cancelled. Bets on the period which includes the minute the game was stopped, will be settled in case there is a goal already scored in the named period. Otherwise bets will be void.

Example: If the match is abandoned in the 38th minute:

Bets on minutes: 1 to 15 and 16 to 30 will be settled.

Bets on minutes: Start of second half-60, 61-75, 76-Full Time will be void.

Bets on minutes: 31-Half Time will be settled if there was a goal scored between 31st and 38th min.

Bets on minutes: 31-Half Time will be void if there was no goal scored between 31st and 38th min.

back to top

Both Teams to Score & Over 2.5

Yes = Both teams to score and at least 3 goals to be scored in the game.

No = Either team not to score or both teams to score but less than 3 goals altogether.

If a match is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of a bet is already determined.

back to top

Match Winner & Both Teams to Score

Predict the winner of the game and if both teams will score/not score from the given options. If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void.

back to top

Scorecast

This is a prediction on both First to Score and Exact Score of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for First to Score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes.

If there are only own goals in the match, the bet will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If the game ends with a 0:0 scoreline, all bets will be void.

If a player comes on the field after the first goal is scored, or did not take part in the game at all, bets including him as First to Score will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time.

If a match is abandoned after the first goal is scored, bets will be settled with First to Score odds of Goalscorer bet type at kick-off time.

back to top

1st Half Scorecast

This is a prediction on both First to Score and Exact Score in the 1st half of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for First to Score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes.

If there are only own goals in the 1st half, the bet will be settled with 1st Half Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If 1st Half ends with a 0:0 scoreline, all bets will be void.

If a player comes on the field after the first goal is scored, or did not take part in the 1st half at all, bets including him as First to Score will be settled with 1st Half Exact Score market odds at kick-off time.

If a match is abandoned during the 1st Half, all bets will be void.

back to top

Anytime Scorecast

This is a prediction on both Anytime Goalscorer and Exact Score of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for Anytime Goalscorer for settlement purposes.

If there are only own goals in the match, the bet will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If game ends with a 0:0 scoreline, all bets will be void.

If a player did not take part in the game at all, bets including him as Anytime Goalscorer will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time.

If a match is abandoned after a goal or goals are scored, bets including players who have already scored will be settled with Anytime Goalscorer odds of Goalscorer bet type at kick-off time. All other bets will be void.

back to top

Wincast

This is a prediction on both First to Score and Final Result (home win, away win or draw) of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for First to Score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes.

Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for First to Score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes.

If there are only own goals in the match, the bet will be settled with 1X2 market odds at kick-off time.

If a player comes on the field after the first goal is scored, or did not take part in the game at all, bets including him as First to Score will be settled with 1X2 market odds at kick-off time.

If a match is abandoned after the first goal is scored, bets will be settled with First to Score odds of Goalscorer bet type at kick-off time.

back to top

Half Time/Full Time & Over/Under 2.5

Predict the match result at half time and full time, and whether at least 3 goals will be scored in the match. Example: In order for the bet ‘1/X and Over 2.5’ to be successful, the home team must win the first half, then the final result should be a draw and 3 or more goals should be scored during the match. Extra time and penalty shootouts do not count.

back to top

Match Winner & O/U 2.5/3.5

Predict the winner of the match and if there will be over or under 2.5/3.5 goals scored in the match from the given options.

If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void.

back to top

Match Winner & O/U 1.5 1st Half

Predict the winner of the match and if there will be over or under 1.5 goals scored in the 1st half from the given options.

If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void.

back to top

1X2 Corners Full Time/1st Half/2nd Half

Predict which team will take more corners. Available options are:

1 – Home team to take more corners.

X – Both teams to take an equal number of corners.

2 – Away team to take more corners

Corners 1X2 Full Time is settled according to the corners taken during the whole match.

Corners 1X2 1st Half is settled according to the corners taken in the first half only.

Corners 1X2 2nd Half is settled according to the corners taken in the second half only.

Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Asians Handicap & Over/Under Corners FT/1st Half/2nd Half

This market is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the corners taken by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by the corners taken by both teams. Push rules apply.

Asians & Over/Under Corners FT will be settled according to the corners taken during the whole match.

Asians & Over/Under Corners 1st Half will be settled according to the corners taken in the first half only.

Asians & Over/Under Corners 2nd Half will be settled according to the corners taken in the second half only.

Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Total Team Corners

Total Team Corners are similar to Over/Under wager. Win/Loss is determined by the number of corners taken by the chosen team. Push rules apply. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Total Corners 2 Way

Predict if the total corners taken in the match (by both teams) will be over or under a given number. Push rules apply.

Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Total Corners Odd/Even

Predict if the total corners taken in the match (by both teams) will add up to an odd or even number.

Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken, the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Corners 3 Way HC

In 3 Way HC betting, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, giving you 3 potential bets. Bets are settled by comparing the corners taken by each team, applying preset handicap.

For example:

Handicap (-1) - You win if your team takes two or more corners more than the opponent.

Tie (-1) - You win if the team with (-1) Handicap takes exactly one corner more than its opponent.

Handicap (+1) - You win if your team takes a bigger or an equal number of corners than its opponent.

Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Corners 3 Way OU

Predict if corners taken by both teams during the match will be over, under or exactly a given number.

Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Corners Over/Under, Corners 1st Half Over/Under, Corners 2nd Half Over/Under

Predict if the total corners taken in the match (by both teams) will be over or under a given number. Push rules apply.

Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken, the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also, if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

First/Last Corner

Predict which team will take the first/last corner in the game.

Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

2nd /3rd/4th/… Corner

Predict which team will take the named corner in the game. If this specific corner is not taken in the game, bets will be void. For example, game finishes or is abandoned with 8 corners taken - all bets on any corner after the 8th will be void (9th, 10th, etc.).

back to top

Kick Off

Predict which team will perform the first kick-off of the game. Bets accepted after the decisive coin toss will be void. All bets stand if a kick-off has been made in the match, no matter if the match is later abandoned.

back to top

Red Cards

Red Cards is similar to Over/Under wager. Win/Loss is determined by the number of red cards accumulated by both teams.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Total Bookings in Match

This market is similar to Over/Under wager. Win/Loss is determined by points accumulated for cards shown to both teams. A yellow card counts as one point and a red card counts as two points. The maximum number of points a player can accumulate during a match is three (if a player receives two yellow and a red card respectively, the 2nd yellow card point is ignored). Cards shown to non-players (managers, coaches, substitutes on the bench, etc.) do not count.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined..

back to top

First/Last Booking

Predict which team will receive first/last of any card (yellow or red) in the game. If players from both teams are booked for the same incident in which the first or last card is received, bets will be void.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Substitutes

Substitutes are similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the substitutes used by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by substitutes used by both teams.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

First/Last Substitute

Predict which team will make first/last substitution in the game. If both teams make a substitution at the same time, which happens to be first/last in the game, bets on it will be void.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined..

back to top

Offside

Offside is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the offsides ruled against each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by offsides ruled against both teams.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

First/Last Offside

Predict which team will be caught first/last in an offside position in the game.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Fouls

Fouls are similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the fouls committed by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by fouls committed by both teams.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Ball Possession

Ball Possession is similar to Handicap Wager. Win/loss is determined by the Ball Possession of both teams, then by comparing the ball possession with the handicap given before the game started.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void.

back to top

Shots on Target

"Shots on Target" is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the shots on target made by each team, applying the given Handicap.

Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by shots on target made by both teams.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void.

back to top

Total Throw Ins

Total Throw Ins is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the throw in taken by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by throw in taken by both teams.

If a match is abandoned all bets will be void, unless settlement is unconditionally determined.

back to top

1st/Last Throw In

Predict which team will be the first/last to take a throw in in the game. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

1st/Last Free Kick

Predict which team will be the first/last to take a free kick in the game. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

1st/Last Goal Kick

Predict which team will be the first/last to take a goal kick in the game. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.

back to top

Outright/Winner

Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets are settled on the final league position, after play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.

back to top

To Qualify/Win the Cup

Winner is the team advancing to the next round or winning the cup. Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification/win the cup bets will be void.

back to top

Relegation / Promotion

Bets are settled on the final league position, after the play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated. If a team is removed from the league before the season has started, then all bets on that market will be made void, and a new relegation/promotion book will be opened.

back to top

Group Winner/Qualify/Forecast/Points

Bets settled on final Group standings.

Group Winner – Predict the team which will win the group.

Group Qualify – Predict if a team will qualify for the next round of the tournament without play-offs.

Group Forecast – Predict the exact place the named team or teams will finish in.

Group Points – Predict how many points a team will accumulate.

back to top

Elimination Stage

Predict in which stage of a tournament a certain team will be eliminated.

back to top

Transfer Specials

Player to sign for before - Club of player to sign includes Loan deals for settlement purposes. If he is recalled to his parent club or sold to another one later, it does not matter. It only matters where the player is playing on the date mentioned.

Next Permanent Manager - Bets are settled on the next permanent manager as announced by the club. Caretaker bosses and interim managers do not count for this market, unless they lead the team in at least 10 competitive matches. If they do, they will be settled as winners for betting purposes.

back to top

Tennis

General

In the event of any of the following circumstances, all bets will stand:

A change of schedule and/or day of match.

A change of venue.

A change from indoor court to outdoor court or vice versa.

A change of surface (either before or during a match).

A delay in the start of a match will not affect the standing of wagers, nor will a suspension, as long as play is resumed and the match is completed.

back to top

Winner Full Time including Live Betting

If the full statutory number of sets hasn’t been completed, all bets will be deemed as void.

back to top

Asian Handicap & O/U Full Time including Live Betting

Refers to the sets played in the match. Win/loss is determined by the number of sets accumulated by both players. If the full statutory number of sets hasn’t been completed, all bets will be deemed as void. A super tie break is considered as one set for bets on O/U.

back to top

Point Winner/1st Point Winner

Predict which player will win the stated point. The nominated point will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set - 5th game – 1st Point Winner. If a point is not played for any reason – it is awarded by the umpire as a penalty point, the game or the match is over before the point is played, a player withdraws, etc. – bets on it will be void. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.

back to top

Game Winner

Predict which player will win the stated game. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 2nd set – 7th game – Winner. If a game is not completed for any reason, bets on it will be void. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.

back to top

Game Exact Score

Predict the points of the winner and his opponent in the stated game by choosing from the given options. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set – 8th game – Exact Score. If a game is not completed for any reason, bets on it will be void.

back to top

Game To Deuce

Predict if a score of 40-40 will occur at any stage of the stated game. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set – 4th game – Game To Deuce. “Yes”, meaning there will be a score of 40-40 in the game. “No”, meaning that a score of 40-40 will not occur in the game. If a game is not played for any reason or it is abandoned before a score of 40-40 is reached, bets on it will be void. Once a score of 40-40 is reached, bets on that game will be settled, even if the game is abandoned for any reason at a later stage.

back to top

Game Total Points

3 Way bet type to predict Over, Under or the exact given number of points that will be played in a stated game. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set – 2nd game – Total Points. If a game is not played for any reason, bets on it will be void. If a game is abandoned due to injury or withdrawal, bets on it will be void, unless the respective settlement is already determined. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.

back to top

Games including Live Betting

Games betting refers to the games played in the match. Win/loss is determined by the number of games accumulated by both players. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed, or changed. A tie break is considered as one game for Games purposes. A super tie break is considered as one game for all Games bets.

back to top

First/Second/Third/Fourth/Fifth Set (Money Line/Handicap or Over/Under) including Live Betting

In the event of the set not being completed, all bets will be void.

back to top

Exact Score (Set Betting) including Live Betting

Predict the sets score at the end of the match. Bets are void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed, or changed.

back to top

Total Player Games including Live Betting

Predict the number of games won by a player in a match. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets has not been completed, or changed. A tie break is considered as one game for Games purposes. A super tie break is considered as one game for all Games bets.

back to top

Total Tie Break/Tie Break in a match including Live Betting

Total Tie Break is similar to Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of tie breaks in the match. A super tie break is not considered as a tie break for bets on Total Tie Break. If there was a Tie Break in an unfinished event, bets will be valid. If there's no Tie Break in an unfinished event, bets will be void.

back to top

Double Result

Predict a player to win or lose the 1st set and then go on to win or lose the match. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed.

back to top

Total Aces

Total Aces is similar to Asian and Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of aces accumulated by both players. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets has not been completed, or changed. If a match is not completed because of a player retirement or disqualification, all bets will be void.

back to top

First Ace

Predict which player will serve the first ace in the match.

back to top

To Win 1st Point

Predict which player will win the first point. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.

back to top

To Win 1st Game

Predict which player will win the first game. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.

back to top

1st to win 3 games

Predict which player will be the first to win three games. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.

back to top

First Break

Predict which player will break the opponent's whole game serve first. All bets will be void if a break does not take place. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.

back to top

Double Faults

Refers to the double faults served in the match. Win/loss is determined by the number of double faults accumulated by both players. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed, or changed.

back to top

First Double Fault

Predict which player will serve the first double fault in the match.

back to top

Fastest Serve

Predict which player will serve the fastest serve in the match in KM/H or MPH as stated in the bet type name

back to top

Outright

Predict the winner of the tournament. In the event of a non-runner, all bets are void.

back to top

Winner

Predict the winner of a tournament. The players must start Round 1.

back to top

Winning Quarter/Winning Half

Predict the Quarter/Half the winner of the tournament will come from. All players taking part in the tournament are divided into 4 groups (Quarters), with one of the top 4 seeds in each Quarter.

Winning Quarter: Choose which Quarter the winning player will come from (eg. 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th). Winning Half: Choose which Half the winning player will come from (eg. top or bottom).

back to top

To Win a Quarter

Predict the winner of the quarter.

back to top

Finalists/To reach the final

Predict the players that will reach the final of the tournament.

back to top

Head To Head

Predict which player will reach the higher round in (or win) the tournament. In the event of a non-runner, all bets are void. Push rules apply.

back to top

Stage of Elimination

Player must start the first match of the tournament for bets to be valid.

back to top

Virtual Sports

Game Play Rules

A virtual betting event takes place every 3 minutes for Football and every 2 minutes for Horse Racing and Greyhounds.

When the event is not specified by the customer, bets are registered on the next event.

Bets on the next event are accepted until the "bets closed" message appears on the screen, after which the bet will be allocated to the successive event.

Winnings can be collected once the result of an event is displayed on the results screen.

The minimum stake per bet is €0.10 with a maximum daily payout of €50,000 per customer.

A customer who places any bet on these events takes sole responsibility for his actions in placing a bet, and in checking his ticket to ensure it correctly reflects his chosen bet, and cannot hold the operator liable for any loss or damage suffered.

The operator will also not be liable for any system malfunction that may result in the nullification, cancellation or refund of a bet at any time.

No horses or greyhounds are scratched from virtual races.

There are no dead heats (position draws) in virtual races.

In case of event cancellation outstanding bets are deemed void and settled as 'cancelled'. It means that the bet stake is fully reinstated.

Bet types offered may be altered from time to time.

A winning bet may be claimed within 90 days of the event date. Unclaimed tickets after that period will expire and cannot be claimed.

back to top

Virtual Soccer

Full Time Moneyline (1X2)

Select the game outcome of the full time - Home win (1), Draw (X) or Away win (2).

back to top

Correct Score

Select the full time goal score for each team, both home and away.

back to top

Total Goals

Select the total goals scored by both teams at full time.

back to top

Double Chance

Select 1/2 for either the home or away team to win.
Select 1X for either the home team to win or draw.
Select X2 for either the away team to win or draw.

back to top

Double Chance In

Select 1X for either the home team to win or draw.
Select 2 for away team win.

back to top

Double Chance Out

Select X2 for either the away team to win or draw.
Select 1 for home team win.

back to top

Double Chance In/ Out

Select 1/2 for either the home or away team to win.
Select X for draw.

back to top

Over/Under 2.5

Select Under to back a score of 0, 1 or 2 total goals
Select Over to back a score of 3 or 4 total goals.

back to top

1st Team to Score

Select the team that will score the 1st goal. This bet type is not displayed on the data screens.

back to top

Half Time/Full Time

Predict the result of a match at half time and at the end of regular time. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.

Example: If you chose 1/X, you bet on the home team to be winning at half time and the match to end in a draw. Extra time and penalty shootouts do not count.

back to top

Virtual Horse Racing

Win

Select a runner to finish 1st.

back to top

Place

Select a runner to finish in 1st, 2nd or 3rd place in a race with 8 runners or more.

back to top

Forecast

Select 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd IN ORDER specified.

back to top

Reverse Forecast

Select 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd in ANY ORDER.

back to top

Tricast

Select 3 runners to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd IN ORDER specified.

back to top

Combination Tricast

A player can have the option of selecting 3 or more selections to bet that every possible combination of three of the selections may finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in order in an event. So for example; on 3 selections there are 6 bets (1-2-3, 1-3-2, 2-1-3, 2-3-1, 3-1-2, 3-2-1); on 4 selections there are 24 bets; on 5 selections there are 60 bets and on 6 selections there are 120 bets.

back to top

Virtual Greyhounds

Win

Select a runner to finish 1st.

back to top

Place

Select a runner to finish 1st or 2nd in a 6-runner greyhound race.

back to top

Forecast

Select 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd IN ORDER specified.

back to top

Reverse Forecast

Select 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd in ANY ORDER.

back to top

Tricast

Select 3 runners to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd IN ORDER specified.

back to top

Combination Tricast

A player can have the option of selecting 3 or more selections to bet that every possible combination of three of the selections may finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in order in an event. So for example; on 3 selections there are 6 bets (1-2-3, 1-3-2, 2-1-3, 2-3-1, 3-1-2, 3-2-1); on 4 selections there are 24 bets; on 5 selections there are 60 bets and on 6 selections there are 120 bets.

back to top

Independence and Fairness

The results of these virtual events are determined on an independent server that is not accessible to the betting operator. The results are generated by a system that has been independently certified to be fair according to a reputable certification authority.

back to top

Volleyball

General

If a match is not completed, all full time bets will be void.

If a match venue is changed, then bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets on the original listing will be void.

Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if an incorrect start time is announced on our website.

back to top

Live Betting

If the event is not completed, all bets will be void. Exceptions are made for bets on sets which are already over, in this case the bets will be settled.

Points are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bet is placed.

back to top

Winner

Predict the winner of the game. A best-of-five sets format is used. Golden Set is not counted for settling purposes.

back to top

Handicap

Predict the winner of the game in sets. Bets are determined by sets accumulated by both teams, applying the given handicap. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets is not completed, or changed.

back to top

Over/Under

Predict over or under a given number of sets that will be played in order for the winner to be determined.

back to top

Set Score

Predict the sets' score at the end of the match. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets is not completed, or is changed.

back to top

Total Points

Total Points is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of points accumulated by both teams, and then by comparing these points with the Handicap and/or Over/Under given before the match started.

back to top

1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Set Winner

Predict the winner of the relevant set.

back to top

1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Handicap

Predict the winner of the relevant set, considering the given point Handicap.

back to top

1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Set Over/Under

Predict whether the sum of the points scored by both teams in the relevant set will be over or under a given number.

back to top

Match Odd/Even, 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Set Odd/Even

Predict whether the sum of the points scored by both teams in the match/relevant set will be an odd or an even number.

back to top

1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Set Winning Margin

Predict how many points a named team will win the relevant set by.

back to top

1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Set Exact Score

Predict the correct score in points of the relevant set.

back to top

Total Team Points

Predict if the points scored in the match by a relevant team will be over or under a given number.

back to top

Outright

Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets are settled according to the final league position, after play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.

back to top

Group Winner

Bets are settled according to the final group position.

back to top

BlackJack

- Our BlackJack game is composed of a dealer and the rest of the players at the table.

- Before the dealer starts dealing the cards, the player chooses the amount they want to bet by double clicking on the chips pile.

- After deciding how much to bet, the player should click on the “PLACE BET” button.

- Once the dealer starts dealing the cards, the player cannot change their bets.
Different buttons light up depending on the different options to facilitate the game play. For example, if it is possible to split the cards into two piles, the button “SPLIT” will appear, allowing the player to play with two separate hands.

-The objective of BlackJack is for the player to reach or to get as close as possible to 21 by adding the values of all the cards received by the dealer, per hand, without exceeding the amount of 21. The player will win the game if they have a total of 21 or if their total amount is higher than the dealer's. You will lose the game, or go “bust”, if you exceed the amount of 21. If the player's amount is equal to the amount of the dealer, the player will have their initial bet returned.
Each card is worth the number written on it. Figures like Jack, Queen or King are worth ten. Aces give the player the choice to count the card as either 11 or 1.

- The player receives 2 cards, face up. The player can take as many cards as they want.

- The dealer will also receive 2 cards; one will be face up, the other one will be face down. The dealer will only return their “hidden” card once the player is done with their game.

- After this the dealer turns over the 'hidden' card.
- If the dealer’s total amount is worth between 17 and 21, the dealer must “stand”

- If the total amount of their cards is equal to or less than 16, the dealer will continue to hit cards until they reach a total amount of 17 or more.

- As soon as the dealer exceeds 21, they lose the game and the player wins the bet.

- The player wins the game if the total amount of their hand is higher than the total amount of the hand of the dealer, without exceeding 21.

- All hands that are worth less than the total amount of the dealer's hand will lose.
- If the player has a Black Jack (which means they have a 10 or a figure with an Ace), they will win one and a half time their bet unless the dealer also has a Black Jack. In that case it would be a draw.

OPTIONS:

"DOUBLE"
The player can press the “DOUBLE” button after having received their first two cards.
This option will automatically double the initial bet made by the player and the dealer will serve the player a third card face up.
The player will not be able to receive any other card.
It is only possible for the player to double when he receives their first two cards or after having split their game.

"SPLIT"
If the first two cards received by the player have the same value, the player will be entitled to split their hand into two different hands..
Each hand is played independently.
The player plays now with two different hands and he can ask for as many cards as they want for each of their hands so long as he does not exceed 21.
If the player wants to split two Aces, if he gets BlackJack it will be considered a single 21. In this case a 21 from the croupier will be considered a draw.

"STICK"
The player can press the “STICK” button after receiving their first two cards.
This operation allows the player to quit the game and to recover all or half of their initial bet, depending on the state of play.
The game will then start again as normal.

"INSURANCE"
The player has the choice to take an “INSURANCE” when the card face up of the dealer is an Ace. This means that the player may gamble one half of their initial bet in order to assure not to lose their entire bet if the dealer shows, besides their Ace, a hand with a 10 or a face card.
If the hand of the dealer is an Ace and a 10, the player wins two and a half times their insurance bet (which means he would keep their initial bet and their insurance bet).
If the card face down of the dealer has a value of less than 10, the player will lose their insurance bet and the game continue as normal. The winner will be the one who is the closest to 21.
You cannot Split or Double when you have Insurance.

"PUSH" or "DRAW":
There is a draw when the dealer and the player have the same total amount in card values. In case of a draw no one loses and the player takes has their initial bet returned.

Roulette

There are many different ways of placing bets in European Roulette. Each wager covers a selection of different numbers and has a different distribution, as it is shown in the section of the “Payout Scheme” (see below). The European version of Roulette has only one zero and offers more chances to win than the American Roulette which has two zeros.

- Each player must initially choose the amount they want to gamble.
- Then place their bet(s) on the desired box(es).
- After having placed their bet(s), the player must click on the “PLACE BET” button in order for the dealer to activate the roulette wheel.
- Once the ball has stopped, the dealer will announce the result and the amount won by the player (if any).

Straight up
The player can gamble on any number, including 0, by placing a chip directly on a number.

Split Bet
The player can gamble on two numbers by placing a chip on the line which separates the two numbers.

Street Bet
The player can gamble on three numbers by placing a chip on the interior left border line of the Roulette table which is beside a corresponding row of the three numbers.

Corner Bet
The player can gamble on four numbers by placing a chip on the corner where four numbers meet on one point.

Four bet
The player can gamble on the numbers 0, 1, 2 and 3 by placing their chips on the interior left border line between 0 and 1.

Line bet
The player can bet on two street bets (meaning six different numbers on two rows of three numbers (streets) ), by placing a chip on the interior left border line where the line dividing the two rows is cut.

Column Bet
There are three tagged boxes “2:1” at the bottom of a numbers column.

- The player can gamble on all these numbers by placing their chips on one of these boxes.
- If one of the numbers from the player’s column is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid according to a ratio of 2:1; 0 is a losing number.

Dozen Bet
The player can gamble on a group of twelve numbers.

- by placing their chips in one of the three boxes marked “1st 12”, “2nd 12”, or “3rd 12”.
- If one of the 12 numbers of the player is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid according to a ratio of 2:1; 0 is a losing number.

Red/Black, Even/Odd, Top/Bottom Bet
The player can place a bet on one of the left side boxes, on the long side of the table, that covers half of the numbers of the Roulette table (except for the zero).

- Each box covers 18 numbers.
- The player bets the same amount on all of their wagers (1 to 1); 0 is a losing number.

Previous Numbers Screen
The previous numbers screen shows the last thirteen results.

Payout scheme

Chips	Term	Win
1 number	Straight Up	35 to 1
2 numbers	Split bet	17 to 1
3 numbers	Street Bet	11 to 1
4 numbers	Corner Bet	8 to 1
4 numbers	Four Bet	8 to 1
6 numbers	Line Bet	5 to 1
12 numbers	Dozen or Column Bet	2 to 1
18 numbers	Red/Black, Odd/Even or High/Low Bet	1 to 1

Note: you can make bets which include two, three or even four numbers.

- For example, by using the zero, the player can place bets on: 1+0, 1+2+0, 2+0, 3+0, or 1+2+3+0.

Baccarat

The objective of Baccarat is to obtain a hand where the total number of points is 9, or as close as possible.

- Aces count as one point; the cards from 2 to 9 keep their own values;
- the 10 and the face cards count as 0.
- If the total value of the player’s hand is 10 points or more, the player must withdraw 10 points off this first value; the rest will be considered as the number of baccarat points from the player’s hands.

For Example: 7 + 6 = 13 = 3 or 4 + 6 = 10 = 0

- Place your bet on either the dealer’s hand (“Dealer”), or on the player’s hand (“Player”) or on a tied game (“Tie”).
- The dealer will then distribute two cards to the player and two to the dealer.
- In some cases the dealer will give a third card to the player or to the dealer or even to both (according to the Third card rule).
- The cards are distributed from a pile of 6 mixed decks of cards. The cards are shuffled before each game.

The player who is the closest to 9 will be the winner of the game.

- If the player has bet on the “player” and the “player” wins, the player will be paid at a ratio of 2 to 1 on their initial bet.

- If the player has bet on the “dealer” and that the “dealer” wins, the player will be paid at a ratio of 2 to 1 on their initial bet, minus a commission of 5% that will be attributed to the bank.

In a case where the hands of both the “player” and the “dealer” have equal totals, the game will be declared a “Tie”.

If the player has placed a bet on “Tie”, he will be paid at a ratio of 9 to 1 on their initial bet.

Third card rule

The following baccarat rules scheme shows cases where the player and/or the dealer automatically receive, from the dealer, a third card.

For the player:

Value in points of the first two cards:
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5	Hit a card
6 - 7	Pass.
8 - 9	“First hand”, no more card.

For the dealer:

Value in points of the first two cards:	Hit when the third card of player is:	Does not hit when the third card of the player is:
0 - 1 - 2	Hit in any case
3	0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 9	8
4	2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7	0 - 1 - 8 - 9
5	4 - 5 - 6 - 7	0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 8 - 9
6	6 - 7	0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 8 - 9
7	Always pass.
8 - 9	The player cannot hit	The player cannot hit

Important : If the player and/or the dealer have a total of 8 or 9, they will both pass. This rule overrules any other rule.

Baccarat

1. Terms:

1.1. Betting round - time allocated for accepting player bets.
1.2. Odds - numerical expression determined on the basis of mathematical probability of an outcome, which is multiplied by the amount of the player's stake to calculate the winnings.
1.3. Value - place of the card in the series of the same suit (e.g., Deuce, Jack, Ace).
1.4. Suit - one of the four types of cards (Hearts, Diamonds, Spades, Clubs).
1.5. Number type - odd or even.
1.6. Deck - a set of 52 (fifty-two) cards consisting of thirteen cards from each of the four suits (Deuce, Three, Four, Five, Six, Seven, Eight, Nine, Ten, Jack, Queen, King, Ace).
1.7. Shoe - gaming device where six decks of cards are placed before starting the game.
1.8. Draw - one dealing of cards which begins with the first betting round and ends when the dealer announces the outcome of the dealing, collects all used cards face-up on the table and puts them into the box for used cards.
1.9. Betting outcome - possible interpretation of the outcome of one draw expressed in odds which may change in the course of the draw depending on the change of the mathematical probability of the outcome.
1.10. Betting options - a list of all bets available to the player.
1.11. Player - one of the parties of the game to whom the dealer deals the cards.
1.12. Banker - one of the parties of the game to whom the dealer deals the cards.
1.13. Tie - outcome in the game, possible if, after opening all Player and Banker cards, both sides have same/equal point value.

1.14. Natural hand - a situation when the total of the Player's and (or) the Banker's points after dealing two cards to each of them is 8 (eight) or 9 (nine).
1.15. Additional bets - betting outcomes that do not depend on the main betting outcomes (Player Pair, Banker Pair, Either Pair, Perfect Pair, Big, Small).
1.16. Player Pair - first two dealt Player cards of same value (e.g., a King of Clubs and a King of Spades).
1.17. Banker Pair - first two dealt Banker cards of same value (e.g., a Jack of Hearts and a Jack of Diamonds).
1.18. Any Pair - first two dealt cards to Player or Banker of the same value (e.g., Queen of Spades and Queen of Hearts).
1.19. Perfect Pair - a pair of identical cards of the same suit and value (e.g., two Kings of Hearts).
1.20. Small - total of dealt Player and Banker cards is 4.
1.21. Big - total of dealt Player and Banker cards is 5 or more.

2. Rules:

2.1. The game is played between two sides - the Player and the Banker. The dealer of the game deals two cards to each side in every draw of the game. In special situations, the dealer deals the third card to the Player and (or) the Banker. The rules of dealing the third card are described in paragraph 2.6.
2.2. Dealing:
2.2.1. Cards are dealt to sides by one card in turn until both sides have two cards face-up.
2.2.2. The Player always receives the first card.
2.2.3. When both sides have two cards face-up, the situation is assessed and in accordance with the fixed rules (see 2.6) it is determined whether the Player and (or) the Banker should receive the third card.
2.3. The goal of the game is to collect a total of points as close as possible or equal to 9 (nine). The winner of the game is the side whose sum of points is closer to 9 (nine) after no more cards can be dealt according to the rules.
2.3.1. Tie. A Tie occurs when the Player and the Banker have an equal sum of points. In the event of a Tie punters who placed bets on this outcome are paid their winnings. Bets placed on the Player and (or) the Banker are void and punters get their stakes back (odds are equalised to one (1.00). 2.4. Card value in points:
2.4.1. Ace has the value of 1 (one) point.
2.4.2. The sum of points of numerical cards from Deuce (2) to Nine (9) is equal to the number of points of the given card.
2.4.3. The value of Face cards (Jacks, Queens, Kings) and Ten (10) is zero (0).
2.5. Calculation of the total of points:
2.5.1. All card points of each player are summed up to calculate the total sum of player's points.
2.5.2. If the total sum is expressed in a double-digit figure, the first digit of the figure is ignored and the sum of points is determined only on the basis of the second digit of that figure. For example, the sum of Nine (9) and Four (4) is 13, so the result will be 3. The sum of Seven (7) and Eight (8) is 15, and the result will be 5.
2.5.3. Additional bets:
2.5.3.1. In addition to the main bets like Player, Banker or Tie there are extra betting options such as bets on pairs and bets on the total of dealt cards. Odds for these outcomes change with each betting round.
2.5.3.2. Bets on pairs (Player Pair, Banker Pair and Any Pair) win only when the first two cards of the Player and the Bank er are dealt. The third card does not count and is not used to form pairs.
2.5.3.3. Bets on the total of dealt cards can be placed as well. Bet on Small wins when the total of dealt cards is 4. Bet on Big wins when 5 or more cards are dealt.
2.5.3.4. Additional bets are not connected to the main bets. It is possible to place the main bet on Player and additional bet on Banker Pair and vice versa. Additional bets can be placed without betting on the main bets.
2.6. Tables for the rules of dealing the third card:
2.6.1. The Player's table:

The sum of the Player's points after two cards.	Action
0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5	The third card is always dealt.
6 -7	The third card is not dealt.
8 -9	Natural hand -the third card is not dealt.

2.6.2. The Banker's table:

The sum of the Banker's points after two cards.	The third card is dealt, if the value of the Player's third card is	The third card is not dealt, if the value of the Player's third card is
0 -1 -2	The third card is always dealt.	The third card is always dealt.
3	0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -9	8
4	2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7	0 -1 -8 -9
5	4 -5 -6 -7	0 -1 -2 -3 -8 -9
6	6-7	0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -8 -9
7	The third card is not dealt.	The third card is not dealt.
8 -9	Natural hand -the third card is not dealt.	Natural hand -the third card is not dealt.

2.7. Exceptions to the Rules
2.7.1. If after dealing the first two cards to each player the total sum of the Player and (or) the Banker points is 8 (eight) or 9 (nine), such hand is called a Natural hand, and no more cards are dealt. The game is stopped, the total sums of the Player and the Banker points are calculated and the winner is announced. This rule supersedes all other rules.
2.7.2. If after dealing the first two cards to each player the total sum of the Player points is 6 (six) or 7 (seven) and the total sum of the Banker points is 5 (five) or less (0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5) then the Banker gets the third card.

3. Gameplay:

3.1. The first betting round. Bets can be placed even before the cards are dealt during the first betting round.
Punters can bet on one or more available outcomes.
3.2. The second betting round. After the first betting round the Player receives the first card and new odds for the betting outcomes are displayed on screen and the second betting round begins. Bets made in the first betting round have no influence on bets of the second betting round therefore punters can place bets on the same or different outcomes more than once.
3.3. The third betting round. After the second betting round the Banker receives the first card and new odds for the betting outcomes are displayed on screen and the third betting round begins. After this betting round the Player and the Banker receives the second and, if necessary, the third card each (see 2.6). The results are calculated and the winner of the draw is displayed on screen.
3.4. Change of cards:
3.4.1. When less than 40 cards remain in the shoe the dealer announces that the shoe will be changed after cards are dealt.
3.4.2. The dealer places all the used and unused cards to the used card box. Empty shoe is replaced with a full and ready to use shoe with shuffled cards. The full used card box is replaced with an empty box as well. This change is made in real-time when punters and audience can see it.
3.5. The shuffling of cards. After the shoes are changed a second dealer comes and shuffles the cards while everyone sees it and prepares the cards for dealing. Both shoes are visible on screen all the time so punters can see the shuffling and change of cards.

4. Betting Limits:

4.1. Maximum and minimum betting limits are determined by the gambling company.

5. Special Cases:

5.1. Cancelled draws. Bet-on-Baccarat game draws may be cancelled if:
5.1.1. The scanner cannot scan the card or its readings don't match the card on the table;
5.1.2. A card or cards appear in a wrong place or gets mixed;
5.1.3. Technical problems occur (internet connection problems, technical failures in the studio or dealer's mistakes).
5.1.3.1. Dealer's mistakes that can cause the draw to be cancelled:
5.1.3.1.1. The dealing sequence is altered (see 2.2);
5.1.3.1.2. A card or cards are marked or damaged;
5.1.3.1.3. A card or cards fall off the table or cannot be seen on screen due to the dealer's mistake;
5.1.3.1.4. A card or cards in the deck are turned face-up and picture/number is visible due to incorrect shuffling;
5.1.3.1.5. The dealer forgets to use the security card;
5.1.3.1.6. The dealer incorrectly scans a card or cards and readings of the scanner do not match the cards on the table.
5.1.4. If the draw is cancelled, all bets are void and stakes returned to players (odds are equalized to one).
5.2. Card burning. Cards can be burned during the game if:
5.2.1. The dealer takes and shows a card face-up from the shoe when the betting round is not finished;
5.2.2. A card cannot be scanned or read by the program due to technical reasons.
5.3. Card burning procedure:
5.3.1. The dealer shows the card face-up to all players;
5.3.2. The dealer announces that the specified card will be burned;
5.3.3. The dealer places the card into the used card box;
5.3.4. The dealer takes a new card from the shoe in the place of the burned card.

6. Game Organisation Procedure:

6.1. Draws of the game run 24/7 with maintenance breaks on demand, however, everything else including dealer and card changes are shown live for everyone to see.

7. Equipment used in the game:

7.1. Six standard 52 (fifty-two) card decks. Each card has a unique bar code which is scanned by an integrated table scanner when the cards are dealt on the table.
7.2. Integrated table scanner used to scan the bar codes on the cards.
7.3. Security card used to cover the bottom card of the deck.
7.4. Shoe with shuffled cards from which the dealer deals the cards.
7.5. Table with two marked places for the Player and the Banker cards.
7.6. Box for used cards where the dealer places the used cards after dealing.

8. Additional Information:

8.1. These Rules & Regulations are published in a number of languages for information purposes and ease of access by players. It is only the English version that is the legal basis of the relationship between Player and the Operator and in case of any discrepancy between a non-English version and the English version of these Rules & Regulations, the English version shall prevail.

Dice

1. Terms

1.1. A dice - a small cube with each side having a different number of pips ranging from 1 to 6 rolled for generating a random number.
1.2. Dice set - a set of 5 identical dice.
1.3. Spare dice set - a set of 5 identical dice visible in the picture.
1.4. Dice box - a container used to hold, shake and then roll the dice.
1.5. Game table - a special downward sloping table with lighting and a marked place for the lucky combination to be placed.
1.6. Lucky combination - the result of the draw determined after the dice are rolled and put in the place for the lucky combination on the game table.
1.7. Odds - numerical expression which is multiplied by the player's stake to calculate the winnings.

2. Rules

2.1. The game's presenter during a live broadcast puts the dice into the dice box, shuffles and rolls them on the game table.
2.2. Five identical dice with sides numbered from 1 to 6 pips are used for the game.
2.3. Dice are rolled only once during a draw except for special cases when the roll has to be repeated (see 5).
2.4. A roll is deemed to have taken place when all 5 dice stand in the place for lucky combination on one of their sides and clearly make a five dice combination.
2.5. The result of the draw is the 5 dice combination determined by the pip numbers on the top side of the dice after they are rolled on the table.
2.6. Presenter identifies the lucky combination by non-changing rules.
2.7. Dice combinations (results determined from left to right).
2.7.1. One pair + dice from the smallest to the highest pip number;
2.7.2. Two pairs + the final dice. Pairs are determined by the higher pip numbers;
2.7.3. Three of a kind + dice from the smallest to the highest pip number;
2.7.4. All different pip numbers without creating a line from the smallest to the highest pip number;
2.7.5. High line (2, 3, 4, 5, 6);
2.7.6. Low line (1, 2, 3, 4, 5);
2.7.7. Three of a kind + a pair;
2.7.8. Four of a kind + the final dice;
2.7.9. Five of a kind.

3. Gameplay

3.1. There is only one betting round, and players can place their bets on all available outcomes for the upcoming draw.
3.1.1. A betting round takes place between the game draws and lasts about four minutes (when the first draw is finished, the betting round for the second draw immediately starts. The broadcast starts after the end of the betting round).

4. Betting Limits

4.1. Maximum and minimum betting limits are determined by the gambling company.

5. Special Cases

5.1. Cancelled draws:
5.1.1. Draws can be cancelled due to technical failures: internet connection problems, technical problems in the studio or presenter’s mistakes;
5.1.2. Presenter's mistakes that can end up with cancelled draws:
5.1.2.1. Dice fall off the table before, during or after the repeated roll;
5.1.2.2. During repeated roll dice stops on its edge after the roll;
5.1.2.3. During repeated roll dice does not stand fully on one of its sides;
5.1.2.4. During repeated roll a dice combination cannot be determined (see 2.7.);
5.1.2.5. After the repeated roll one, or more than one dice fully, or partially covers line of marked zone for lucky combination;
5.2. Repeated roll must be performed if:
5.2.1. Dice stops on its edge after the roll;
5.2.2. Dice does not stand fully on one of its sides;
5.2.3. A dice combination cannot be determined (see 2.7.);
5.2.4. After the roll one, or more than one dice fully, or partially covers line of marked zone for lucky combination;
5.2.5. Dice falls off the table before, during or after the first roll;
5.3. Video and audio streaming do not match or do not exist.
5.3.1. If the sound during the broadcast is lost, or the presenter announces the wrong winning combination, the correct draw outcomes are determined by the video broadcast.
5.3.2. If a player cannot see the live broadcast due to technical reasons at his end (no internet connection, no electricity etc.) but the broadcast can be found in the archive, a draw is deemed to have taken place.
5.3.3. Results of each draw and archive for the broadcasts can be found on the game organizer's website.

6. Game Organization Procedure

6.1. Game draws run 24/7 every 5 minutes with maintenance breaks on demand.
6.1.1. organizer has the right to change the time and duration of the broadcasts.

7. Equipment Used in the Game

7.1. A set of 5 dice (see 1.2).
7.2. A spare set of 5 dice (see 1.3).
7.3. A dice box (see 1.4).
7.4. A game table (see 1.5).

8. Additional Information

8.1. These Rules & Regulations are published in a number of languages for information purposes and ease of access by players. It is only the English version that is the legal basis of the relationship between Player and the Operator, and in case of any discrepancy between a non-English version and the English version of these Rules & Regulations, the English version shall prevail.

Lucky 5

1. Terms

1.1. Game machine - a mechanical device used to place, shuffle and randomly select the winning balls.
1.2. Balls - a set of thirty six (36) balls used for the game. The balls are white, blue, green and red. There are 9 balls of each colour and the balls are numbered from 1 to 36. Total sum of the balls is 666; total sum of the white balls is 45; total sum of the green balls is 126; total sum of the red balls is 207, and total sum of the blue balls is 288.
1.3. Drum of the game machine - a part of the game machine where all the balls are placed after the presentation. Later the balls are shuffled and the winning balls are drawn.
1.4. Cylinders - 5 identical parts that are connected to the drum of the game machine where the winning balls
are drawn. Each of the 5 winning balls are presented and shown in separate frames.
1.5. Odds - numerical expression determined by the game organizer, which is multiplied by the amount of the player's stake to calculate the winnings.

2. Rules

2.1.5 Winning balls out of 36 are randomly drawn to the cylinders of the game machine.
2.2. The draw is deemed to have taken place when exactly 5 winning balls are chosen from the drum. In all other cases, the draw is void and all the stakes are returned.
2.3. The order of the winning balls of the draw is determined by the machine cylinders, from left to right. The cylinder to the left is considered to be first, the one on the right is the last. The order in which the cylinders are filled doesn't have any influence on the result of the draw.

3. Gameplay

3.1. There is only one betting round, and players can place their bets on all available outcomes for the upcoming draw.
3.2. A betting round takes place between the game draws and lasts for about four minutes (when the first draw is finished, the betting round for the second draw immediately starts. The broadcast starts after the end of the betting round).

4. Betting Limits

4.1. Maximum and minimum betting limits are determined by the gambling company.

5. Special Cases

5.1. Cancelled draws.
5.1.1. Draws can be cancelled due to technical failures: internet connection problems, technical problems in the studio or presenter's mistakes;
5.1.2. Presenter's mistakes that can end up in cancelled draws:
5.1.2.1. The balls are not prepared before the start of the draw. The presenter must put the balls to the specified place so it can be clearly seen that a full set of unmixed balls is used.
5.1.2.2. A ball or balls cannot be seen on screen due to the Dealer's actions.
5.2. Video and audio streaming do not match or do not exist.
5.2.1. If the sound during the broadcast is lost, or the presenter announces the wrong winning ball numbers, the correct draw outcomes and winning numbers are determined by the video broadcast.
5.2.2. If a player cannot see the live broadcast due to technical reasons at his end (no internet connection, no electricity etc.) but the broadcast can be found in the archive, a draw is deemed to have taken place.

6. Game Organisation Procedure

6.1. The balls must be clearly visible in their place of the game machine before the start of each draw.
6.2. Game draws run every 5 minutes, daily, from 09:02 AM to 04:57 AM (GMT+2) with maintenance breaks on demand.
6.2.1. The organizer has the right to change the time and duration of the broadcasts.
6.3. Longer breaks are allowed (1-5 cancelled draws in a row) in the event of technical failures in the studio. All bets placed on these draws are void and stakes are returned to the players.
6.4. Results of each draw and archive for the broadcasts can be found on the game organizer's website.

7. Equipment used in the game

7.1. Game machine (see 1.1).
7.2. A set of 36 balls (see 1.2).

8. Additional Information

8.1. These Rules & Regulations are published in a number of languages for information purposes and ease of access by players. It is only the English version that is the legal basis of the relationship between Player and the Operator and in case of any discrepancy between a non-English version and the English version of these Rules & Regulations, the English version shall prevail.

Lucky 7

1. Terms

1.1. Game machine - a mechanical device used to place, shuffle and randomly select the winning balls of the draw.
1.2. Balls - a set of forty two (42) yellow and black balls used for the game. There are 21 balls of each colour, and the balls are numbered from 1 to 42. Total sum of the balls is 903. The total sum of the yellow balls is 451. The total sum of the black balls is 452.
1.3. Drum of the game machine - a part of the game machine where all the balls are placed after the presentation. Later, the balls are shuffled and the winning balls are randomly selected.
1.4. Tube - a part of the game machine that is connected with the drum where the randomly selected balls are placed. 7 winning balls are presented and shown in separate frame.
1.5. Odds - numerical expression determined by the game organizer, which is multiplied by the amount of the player's stake to calculate the winnings.

2. Rules

2.1. 7 winning balls out of 42 are randomly selected to the game tube.
2.2. The draw is deemed to have taken place when at least 7 winning balls are selected. In all other cases the draw is void and all the stakes are returned.
2.3. If more than 7 balls are placed in the tube, only the first 7 balls are counted - the other balls in the tube are ignored.

3. Gameplay

3.1. There is only one betting round, and players can place their bets on all available outcomes for the upcoming draw.
3.2. A betting round takes place between the game draws and lasts for about four minutes (when the first draw is finished, the betting round for the second draw immediately starts. The broadcast starts after the end of the betting round).

4. Betting Limits

4.1. Maximum and minimum betting limits are determined by the gambling company.

5. Special Cases

5.1. Cancelled draws.
5.1.1. Draws can be cancelled due to technical failures: internet connection problems, technical problems in the studio or presenter's mistakes;
5.1.2. Presenter's mistakes that can end up with cancelled draws:
5.1.2.1. The balls are not prepared before the start of the draw. The presenter must put the balls to the specified place so it can be clearly seen that a full set of unmixed balls is used.
5.1.2.2. A ball, or balls, cannot be seen on screen due to the dealer's actions.
5.2. Video and audio streaming do not match or do not exist.
5.2.1. If the sound during the broadcast is lost or the presenter announces the wrong winning ball numbers, the correct draw outcomes and winning numbers are determined by the video broadcast.
5.2.2. If a player cannot see the live broadcast due to technical reasons at his end (no internet connection, no electricity and etc.) but the broadcast can be found in the archive, draw is deemed to have taken place.

6. Game Organisation Procedure

6.1. The balls must be clearly visible in their place of the game machine before the start of each draw.
6.2. Game draws run every 5 minutes, daily, from 09:00 AM to 04:55 AM (GMT+2) with maintenance breaks on demand.
6.2.1. Organizer has the right to change the time and duration of the broadcasts.
6.3. Longer breaks are allowed (1-5 cancelled draws in a row) due to technical failures in the studio. All bets placed on these draws are void and stakes are returned to the players.
6.4. Results of each draw and archive for the broadcasts can be found on the game organizer's website.

7. Equipment Used in the Game

7.1. Game machine (see 1.1).
7.2. A set of 42 balls (see 1.2).

8. Additional Information

8.1. These Rules & Regulations are published in a number of languages for information purposes and ease of access by players. It is only the English version that is the legal basis of the relationship between Player and the Operator, and in case of any discrepancy between a non-English version and the English version of these Rules & Regulations, the English version shall prevail.

Bet on Poker

1. Terms

1.1. Draw - one dealing of cards, which begins when the Dealer scans the first card and places it at the first Position (Hand 1), and ends when the Dealer places the last community card face-up, announces the winner(s) and puts all the face-up cards back to the deck. Before the start of each draw the Dealer announces the beginning of the draw and shuffles the cards.
1.2. Position (Pocket cards - Hand 1-6) - two cards placed face-up on the table. A total of six (6) Positions (Hands) participate in a draw, and are numbered from 1 to 6.
1.3. Betting outcome - possible interpretation of the outcome of one draw expressed as odds which may change in the course of the draw depending on the change of the mathematical probability of the outcome.
1.4. Betting round - time allocated for punter bets to be accepted. A new betting round begins after each change in the gameplay (before and after the Pocket cards are dealt, after the Flop and after the Turn).
1.5. Betting options - list of all available bets to the punters.
1.6. Board - five (5) community cards that every Position (Hand) uses to form the best Combination.
1.7. Combination (Hand rankings) - five (5) cards made of two (2) pocket cards and five (5) community cards. See par. 2.4. for Hand strength from the lowest to the highest.
1.8. Flop - first three (3) community cards which are dealt after all six (6) Positions receive their pocket cards and the second betting round is finished.
1.9. Turn - the fourth community card which is dealt after the third betting round.
1.10. River - the fifth community card which is dealt after the fourth betting round.
1.11. Discarded card - card dealt face-down from the top of the deck, before opening Flop, Turn and River. 1.12. Kicker - a card that does not itself take part in determining the rank of the hand, but that may be used to break ties between hands of the same rank.
1.13. Cut card - special card used to cover the bottom card so as to prevent it from being exposed.

2. Rules

2.1. Each Position receives two (2) face-up cards. The Board is dealt face-up. Results are determined based on the video stream and scanner data which captures every face-up card placed on the table.
2.2. The goal of the game is to form the best five card Combination using Position's pocket cards and the Board.
The Position or Positions with the highest Hand ranking win.
2.3. Draw. Draw is possible in the game if more than one Position has the same Combination. In this case, winnings are paid to all punters who placed bets on any of the winning Hands in any of the betting rounds.
All Positions and Hands win, and all punters who placed bets on any Hand are paid their winnings if the best hand is placed on the Board.
2.4. Possible poker combinations (from the lowest to the highest):
2.4.1. High Card. Any hand that does not form any of the below-mentioned combinations. The Hand with the highest card wins.

2.4.2. Pair. Any two (2) cards of the same rank (two aces, two kings and etc.). If several Hands have a Pair,
the Hand with the higher Pair wins. If several Hands have the same ranking pair, the Hand with the higher kicker wins.

2.4.3. Two pair. Any two (2) cards of the same rank together with another two (2) cards of the same rank. If several Positions have a Two pair Hand, the Hand with the higher pairs wins. If two Players have the same rank pairs, the Hand with the higher kicker wins.

2.4.4. Three of a kind. Any three (3) cards of the same rank. If several Hands have Three of a kind, the Hand with the higher Three of a kind wins. If two Hands have the same Three of a kind, the Hand with the higher fourth or/and fifth card wins.

2.4.5. Straight.Any five (5) consecutive cards of different suits. Aces can count as either a low card (A-2-3-4- 5) or a high one (10-J-Q-K-A).

2.4.6. Flush. Any non-consecutive five (5) cards of the same suit. If several Hands have a Flush, the Hand with the higher pocket card(s) used to form the best Hand wins.

2.4.7. Full House. Any three (3) cards of the same rank together with any two (2) cards of the same rank. If several Hands have a Full House, the Hand with the highest Three of a kind wins. If several Hands have the same Three of a kind, the Hand with the higher Pair wins.

2.4.8. Four of a kind. Any four (4) cards of the same rank. If several Hands have Four of a kind, the Hand with the higher Four of a kind wins. If several Hands have the same Four of a kind, the Hand with a higher kicker wins.

2.4.9. Straight Flush.Any Straight with all five (5) cards of the same suit. If several Hands have a Straight Flush, the Hand with the higher Straight Flush wins.

2.4.10. Royal Flush. A straight from Ten to Ace with all five (5) cards of the same suit. This is the strongest poker Hand.

3. Gameplay

3.1. The Dealer deals twelve (12) cards face-up to six (6) Positions one at a time clockwise. Each Position receives two pocket cards and is numbered from 1 to 6 (Hand 1, Hand 2, Hand 3, Hand 4, Hand 5, Hand 6).
3.2. The first betting round. The first betting round begins even before the pocket cards are dealt. Punters can place their bets one or more available outcomes.
3.3. There a no limits on how many bets can be placed on one or several outcomes. Punters can place bets on one, two, three, four, five or all six Hands in one or several betting rounds.
3.4. The second betting round. Pocket cards are dealt after the first betting round, and updated odds are shown on screen for each Hand. The second betting round begins. Bets placed in the first betting round have no influence on bets in the second betting round.
3.5. The third betting round. The Dealer deals the Flop (first three (3) community cards) face-up after the second betting round and odds for each Hand are updated. The third betting round begins and punters can place their bets on chosen outcome or outcomes.
3.6. The fourth betting round. The Turn (fourth community card) is dealt face-up, odds are updated and the fourth betting round begins.
3.6.1. There will be cases when some betting outcomes will have no chance of winning after the Flop or/and the Turn. These outcomes will be marked

on screen and shown ins tead of odds;
3.6.2. Some Positions might form the highest possible Hands after the Flop or the Turn. These Hands or outcomes will be marked

and shown instead of odds on screen;
3.6.3. No more bets will be accepted for

and

betting outcomes. Bets on other betting outcomes can be placed freely.
3.7. The Dealer deals the River (fifth community card) after the fourth betting round and the program determines the draw results. Winning Hand or Hands are marked

and losing Hand or Hands are marked

. Winning punters are paid their winnings, the Dealer announces the winner or winners, shuffles the cards and starts a new draw.

4. Betting Limits

4.1. Maximum and minimum betting limits are set by the gambling company.

5. Special Cases

5.1. Cancelled draws. Poker draws may be cancelled if:
5.1.1. The scanner cannot read the card or its readings don't match the card on the table;
5.1.2. A card or cards are misplaced or get mixed;
5.1.3. Technical problems occur: internet connection problems, technical failures in the studio or Dealer's mistakes.
5.1.3.1. Dealer's mistakes that can cause the draw to be cancelled:
5.1.3.1.1. The dealing sequence is altered (see 3.1.);
5.1.3.1.2. A card or cards are marked or damaged;
5.1.3.1.3. A card or cards fall off the table or cannot be seen on screen due to the Dealer's mistake;
5.1.3.1.4. A card or cards in the deck are turned face-up and a picture/number is visible due to incorrect shuffling;
5.1.3.1.5. The Dealer forgets to use the cut card;
5.1.3.1.6. The Dealer incorrectly scans a card, or cards and readings of the scanner do not match the cards on the table.
5.1.4. If the draw is cancelled, all bets are void and stakes are returned to punters (odds are equalized to one (1.00)).
5.2. Card Burning. Cards can be burned during the game if:
5.2.1. The Dealer takes and shows a card face-up from the shoe when the betting round is not finished;
5.2.2. A card cannot be scanned or read by the program due to technical reasons.
5.3. Card burning procedure:
5.3.1. The Dealer shows the card face-up to all punters;
5.3.2. The Dealer announces that the specified card will be burned;
5.3.3. The Dealer places the burned card to her right side near the edge of the table (left side on screen);
5.3.4. The Dealer takes a new card from the shoe in the place of the burned card.
5.4. It is considered to be a technical error if there are mismatches in graphical representation (different betting odds, wrong winning or losing hand) and video stream during a draw in a specific betting shop. Bets placed in a shop will be void if a punter can give sufficient evidence to confirm the mistake with visual information (photo or video clip).

6. Game Organisation Procedure

6.1. Draws of the game run 24/7 with maintenance breaks on demand. However, everything else, including Dealer and card changes, are shown live for everyone to see.

7. Cards

7.1. The card deck is presented face-up at the beginning or the broadcast. Viewers can see that no cards missing or no extra cards are placed in the deck.
7.2. The card deck is changed if a card falls off the table or is placed where punters cannot see it. If a card or cards are marked or damaged, the deck is changed as well.
7.3. A standard 52 (fifty-two) card deck is used in the game. Each card has a unique barcode which is scanned by an integrated table scanner when the cards are dealt on the table.

8. Equipment Used in the Game

8.1. A standard 52 (fifty-two) card deck. Each card with a unique barcode.
8.2. A cut card (see par. 1.12).
8.3. A table with six Positions numbered from 1 to 6 where the pocket cards are placed, and a special place in the
middle of the table for the Board.
8.4. An integrated table scanner used to scan the barcodes on the cards.

9. Additional Information

9.1. These Rules & Regulations are published in a number of languages for information purposes and ease of access by Players. It is only the English version that is the legal basis of the relationship between Player and the Operator, and in case of any discrepancy between a non-English version and the English version of these Rules & Regulations, the English version shall prevail.

War of Bets

Short Description

War of Bets is a card game involving two sides - Player and Dealer. It uses a standard playing card deck. The higher card wins. If the two cards played are of equal value, then there is a "War".

Game Process

The game is played between two sides - the Player and the Dealer. The Dealer deals one card face-up to each side in every draw of the game. Cards are dealt one at a time and the Player always receives the first card. The goal of the game is to get a higher card according to the ranking (Aces counts as highest cards only and deuces count as lowest). A War (Tie) occurs if the Player and the Dealer have the same value cards. In this situation, War (Tie) outcome wins, and both Dealer and Player loses.

First round bets can be placed even before the cards are dealt. Punters can bet on one or more available outcomes. Second round bets can be placed after the Player receives the first card and odds are updated. Bets made in the previous betting round have no influence on further bets, therefore punters can place bets on the same or different outcomes more than once.

In the event of a War (Tie) punters who placed bets on this outcome are paid their winnings. Bets placed on the Player and (or) the Dealer are lost.

ODDS

MAIN
Player wins
War
Dealer wins
COLOUR
Player's card will be red	Dealer's card will be red
Player's card will be black	Dealer's card will be black
SUIT
Player's card will be spade	Dealer's card will be spade
Player's card will be heart	Dealer's card will be heart
Player's card will be club	Dealer's card will be club
Player's card will be diamond	Dealer's card will be diamond
VALUE
Player's card value will be less than 8	Dealer's card will be less than 8
Player's card value will be 8	Dealer's card value will be 8
Player's card value will be more than 8	Dealer's card value will be more than 8
Player's card will be a face card (J, Q, K)	Dealer 's card will be a face card (J, Q, K)
Player's card will be a pip card (A, 2, 3, 4 , 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10)	Dealer's card will be a pip card (A, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10)

1. Terms

1.1. Betting round - time allocated for accepting Player's bets.

1.2. Odds - numerical expression determined on the basis of mathematical probability of an outcome, which is multiplied by the amount of the Player's stake to calculate the winnings.

1.3. Value - place of the card in the series of the same suit (e.g. Deuce, Jack, Ace), where the deuce has the lowest and the ace has the highest value.

1.4. Suit - one of the four types of cards (Hearts, Diamonds, Spades, Clubs).

1.5. Deck - a set of 52 (fifty-two) cards consisting of thirteen cards from each of the four suits (Deuce, Three, Four, Five, Six, Seven, Eight, Nine, Ten, Jack, Queen, King, Ace).

1.6. Shoe - gaming device where six decks of cards are placed before beginning of the game.

1.7. Draw - one dealing of cards which begins with the first betting round and ends when the Dealer announces the outcome of the dealing, collects all used cards face-up on the table and puts them into the box for used cards.

1.8. Betting outcome - possible interpretation of the outcome of one draw expressed in odds which may change in the course of the draw depending on the change of the mathematical probability of the outcome.

1.9. Betting options - a list of all betting outcomes available to the Player.

1.10. Player - one of the parties of the game that is marked in a picture and to whom the Dealer deals the cards.

1.11. Dealer - one of the parties of the game that is marked in a picture and to whom the Dealer deals the cards.

1.12. War - outcome of a draw, when after a deal of cards for the Player and the Dealer, both have cards that have the same value.

1.13. Face card - Jack, Queen or King of any suit.

2. Rules

2.1. The game involves two sides - the Player and the Dealer. The Dealer of the game deals one card face-up to each side in every draw.

2.2. Dealing:

2.2.1. Cards are dealt to sides by one card in turn until both sides have one card face-up.

2.2.2. The Player always receives the first card.

2.2.3. When both sides have one card each face-up, the situation is assessed and in accordance with the fixed rules it is determined whether draw was won by one of the sides - the Player or the Dealer - or if it ended in War.

2.3. The goal of the game is to receive a card that has a higher value than of opposing side's card.

2.3.1. The winning side is the one that has a card of a higher value after each side have one card face-up.

2.3.2. If after a deal of cards for the Player and the Dealer, both have cards that have the same value, then draw finishes in a War outcome.

3. Gameplay

3.1. The first betting round. Bets can be placed even before the cards are dealt, during the first betting round. Punters can bet on one or more available outcomes.

3.2. The second betting round. After the first betting round the Player receives the first card and new odds for the betting outcomes are displayed on the screen and the second betting round begins. Bets made in the first betting round have no influence on bets of the second betting round, therefore punters can place bets on the same or different outcomes more than once.

3.3. End of the game, result announcement. After the second betting round Dealer gets card face-up, outcome of the draw is determined and new draw begins.

3.4. The change of cards:

3.4.1. When less than 40 cards remain in the shoe the Dealer announces that the shoe will be changed after a draw.

3.4.2. The Dealer places all the used and unused cards to the box of used cards. Empty shoe is replaced with a full and ready to use shoe with shuffled cards. The full box of used cards is emptied and placed back on the table. This change is made real-time when punters and audience can see it.

3.5. The shuffle of cards. When the shoes are changed, the second Dealer comes and shuffles the cards while everyone sees it and prepares the cards for dealing.

4. Betting Limits

4.1. Maximum and minimum betting limits are determined by the gambling company.

5. Special Cases

5.1. Cancelled draws. War-of-Bets game draws may be cancelled if:

5.1.1. The scanner cannot scan the card, or its readings do not match the card on the table;

5.1.2. A card or cards appear in a wrong place or gets mixed;

5.1.3. Technical problems occur (internet connection problems, technical failures in the studio or Dealer's mistakes).

5.1.3.1. Dealer's mistakes that can cause the draw to be cancelled:

5.1.3.1.1. The dealing sequence is altered (see 2.2);

5.1.3.1.2. A card or cards are marked or damaged;

5.1.3.1.3. A card or cards fall off the table or cannot be seen on a screen due to the Dealer's fault;

5.1.3.1.4. A card or cards in the deck are turned face-up and picture/number is visible due to incorrect shuffling;

5.1.3.1.5. The Dealer forgets to use the cutting card;

5.1.3.1.6. The Dealer incorrectly scans a card or cards and readings of the scanner do not match the cards on the table.

5.1.4. If the draw is cancelled, all bets are void and stakes are returned to the Players (odds are equalized to one).

5.2. Card's burning. Cards can be burned during the game if:

5.2.1. The Dealer takes the card out of the shoe and shows it face-up when the betting round is not finished;

5.2.2. A card cannot be scanned or read by the program due to technical reasons.

5.3. Card's burning procedure:

5.3.1. The Dealer shows the card face-up to all Players;

5.3.2. The Dealer announces that the specified card will be burned;

5.3.3. The Dealer places the card into the box of used cards;

5.3.4. The Dealer takes a new card from the shoe and puts it in the place of the burned card without cancelling the draw.

6. Game Organisation Procedure

6.1. Games run 24/7 with maintenance breaks on demand, however, everything else including Dealer and card changes are shown live for everyone.

7. Equipment Used in the Game

7.1. Six standard 52 (fifty-two) card decks. Each card has a unique bar code which is scanned by an integrated table scanner during the deal of cards.

7.2. Integrated table scanner which is used to scan the bar codes of the cards.

7.3. Cutting card which is used to cover the bottom card of the deck.

7.4. Shoe with shuffled cards from which the Dealer deals the cards.

7.5. Table with two printed boxes on the layout for the Players and the Dealers cards.

7.6. Box of used cards where the Dealer places used cards after each draw.

8. Additional Information

8.1. These Rules & Regulations are published in a number of languages for information purposes and ease of access by Players. It is only the English version that is the legal basis of the relationship between Player and the Operator and in case of any discrepancy between a non-English version and the English version of these Rules & Regulations, the English version shall prevail.

Wheel

1. Terms

1.1. Wheel of Fortune - a round gaming device divided into nineteen (19) sectors which are separated by metal holders;

1.2. Sector - one out of nineteen (1/19) parts of the wheel numbered from one (1) to eighteen (18) or marked with a special symbol (a cup with a star). All sectors are equal size;

1.3. Draw result - sector where the lower end of the pointer stops (closer to the center of the wheel). Results are determined according to fixed rules (see 2.8.);

1.4. Pointer - a part of the gaming device (at the top middle of the wheel, which determines the result of the draw);

1.5. Odds - numerical expression which is multiplied by the amount of the player's stake to calculate the winnings.

2. Rules

2.1. The game's presenter introduces the Wheel of Fortune, spins it counter-clockwise and then spins it clockwise with a light hand stroke;

2.2. One Wheel of Fortune is used in the game;

2.3. Only one spin is made during a draw except for cases when the spin must be repeated (see 4.2.);

2.4. Presenter's spin (and the draw) is valid if the wheel makes at least three (3) full spins clockwise;

2.5. A turn starts when the presenter's spinned wheel starts spinning clockwise and the pointer leaves the sector where it was previously standing;

2.6. The result of the draw is the sector's number or symbol where the pointer lands after the wheel stops turning;

2.7. Results for Wheel of Fortune:

3. Gameplay

3.1. There is only one betting round and punters can place their bets on all available outcomes;

3.1.1. The betting round takes place between the game draws and lasts about four minutes. When the first draw is finished, the betting round for the second draw immediately starts. The broadcast starts after the end of the betting round;

3.2. Maximum and minimum betting limits are set by the gambling company;

4. Special Cases

4.1. Cancelled draws:

4.1.1. Draws can be cancelled due to technical failures: internet connection problems, technical problems in the studio, or the presenter's mistakes;

4.1.2. Presenter's mistakes that can cause cancelled draws:

4.1.2.1. The Wheel of Fortune does not make at least three (3) full spins;

4.1.2.2. The presenter has a physical contact with the Wheel of Fortune when the wheel is already spinning or the presenter changes the speed of the wheel in any other way;

4.2. Repeated spin. A spin has to be repeated if:

4.2.1. The Wheel of Fortune does not make three (3) full spins from the beginning of the spin until the wheel fully stops;

4.2.2. The pointer of the wheel stops between the sectors and the result cannot be determined after the valid spin.

4.3. If the sound during the broadcast is lost or the presenter announces the wrong winning sector, the correct draw results are determined by the video broadcast;

4.3.1. If a player cannot see the live broadcast due to technical reasons (no internet connection, no electricity, etc.) but the broadcast can be found in the archive, a draw is deemed to have taken place;

4.3.2. Results of each draw and archive for the broadcasts can be found on the game organizer's website.

5. Game Organisation Procedure

5.1. Game draws run 24/7 every 5 minutes with maintenance breaks on demand.

5.1.1. Organizer has the right to change the time and the duration of the broadcasts.

6. Equipment Used in the Game

6.1. Wheel of Fortune (see 1.1.);

7. Additional Information

7.1. These Rules & Regulations are published in a number of languages for information purposes and ease of access by players. It is only the English version that is the legal basis of the relationship between Player and the Operator and in case of any discrepancy between a non-English version and the English version of these Rules & Regulations, the English version shall prevail.

CONFIDENTIALITY

NetBet and its subsidiaries are committed to respecting and protecting the confidentiality of each user's personal data. The paragraphs below outline the protection and use of the data provided by NetBet.

We recommend that every user carefully reads and acknowledges the confidentiality charter set out below before they play our games. This confidentiality charter only applies to sites which are managed by NetBet and its subsidiaries and not to those managed by partner companies.

Information provided by players when they create their accounts will remain strictly personal and confidential. NetBet will not sell, exchange and/or distribute any of this information to third parties, unless agreed explicitly with the clients. Information held by NetBet includes clients' email addresses as well as all other personal information provided to NetBet.

NetBet will use a player's personal information in order to make deposits and/or withdrawals, process cheques, or to provide extra information following a client request. Email addresses may be used to inform clients of new updates and/or software updates, the latest promotions and to help with transactions such as deposits and/or withdrawals. If you do not wish to receive such marketing, you may opt out of this service.

NetBet employees, specifically customer support, the payment team and other employees shall also have access to your personal data for the purpose of executing their duties and providing you with assistance and a service. You hereby consent to such disclosures.

Any information obtained during the registration process is kept even after an account is closed. This information is kept for regulatory purposes, and to prevent fraud and money laundering. NetBet reserves the right, and at its sole discretion, to report any suspicious transactions and to pass any information on to the appropriate authorities, without informing the Player.

NetBet only uses members' email addresses to communicate with them by email. During online registration, the player can take advantage of telephone support or online technical help. If a client wishes to stop receiving emails from us, they just need to send an email to support@netbet.com explaining that they no longer wish to receive emails.

NetBet has the right to use cookies to help improve customer service. Cookies let NetBet have a better understanding of user's tastes and can therefore offer users a site based on their personal interests.

Players' winnings and withdrawals are strictly personal and confidential. All winnings are recorded by a secure system. Financial information is kept strictly private and NetBet will not reveal such information to any third party, unless the law or a governmental organisation demands it.

In order to protect client information, NetBet uses the most advanced systems on the market. All information, whether it comes from registration or from transferring financial information, is transferred to the NetBet server using encryption technology and a firewall.

The NetBet website and software are equipped with the latest technology to protect information, as well as to prevent loss or abuse. Players can contact customer support 24/7 for any questions relating to security or confidentiality.

NetBet reserves the right to collaborate with partner companies to offer clients the best promotions possible. Clients will be kept informed about these offers and promotions.

BETS AND DEPENDENCIES

Games should be played for entertainment and the vast majority of people who play for money have never experienced any problems. However, it is estimated that a minority, approximately 2% of the population, are compulsive players.

To ensure your visit to our casino is an enjoyable experience, please take the following into consideration:

1. Be sure that the decision to play is your own choice.
2. Set yourself reasonable loss limits before you start playing;
3. Never play if:
- You have not reached the legal age required to gamble
- It affects your ability to work or to carry out any other responsibilities
- You are recovering from an addiction related illness
- You are drunk or under the influence of drugs
- You are trying to recover previous gambling losses.

Please make sure you have set yourself limits and know when to stop. Playing excessively can be harmful. If you are unable to control your gambling, we advise you do not play our games.

Please seek professional help if gambling becomes a need.

Please contact Gamblers Anonymous: www.gamblersanonymous.org, where you can find specialist help available in your country of residence.
Age limit:

NetBet does not aim to attract underage players and actively discourages minors from attempting to play in our casino.

Underage gambling can be harmful, and it can start with an adult taking a minor to a casino or giving them their first lottery ticket.

If a minor can gain access to a computer which contains gambling software, we would strongly advise that:

1- You install access control software in order to restrict minors from accessing the software.

Access control software: www.access-control-software.com

2- Do not let minors have unsupervised access to your computer when the casino software is running. Set up a password for entry to the casino.

3- Do not allow anyone under 18 years of age to undertake any gambling related activity. Keep your username, password and bank card number in a place out of reach of minors.

4- Educate your children about gambling laws and and the potential damage that could arise from them placing underage bets.

Unfortunately, no system is infallible and some minors will still manage to escape our notice. If you are aware of any person under 18 years old who has a NetBet account please inform customer service by sending an email to support@netbet.ie

FAIR GAMING

NetBet is an online casino which started its activities in 2001. In order to uphold our reputation and to continue to satisfy our clients we have always succeeded in maintaining a very high payout percentage. In 2016 our payout percentage was of 96.62% of our gross income.

NetBet assures all its users that the use of the Software, provided by NetBet, guarantees an absolute randomness and the same equitable chances to everyone due to our Random Number Generator (RNG) which provides our Game servers with a sufficient quantity of truly random numbers for all our casino games. The main purpose of the RNG is to ascertain all the random generated combinations and those connected to the services.

However, in order to always offer our clients the highest quality of service on the market, NetBet constantly utilises two types of random generator:

1. NetBet RNG is based on the generation method of ISAAC and has been tested by our technicians in order to assure absolute random results.

Below, RNG ISAAC representation. ISAAC (Indirection, Shift, Accumulate, Add and Count)

2. The Thermal Noise Generator is a random number generator using physical principles instead of software in order to guarantee absolute random results.

We have tested those two systems through millions of test games and we have logged the results obtained. Moreover we periodically test our systems in order to ensure absolute impartiality.

NetBet also enables its clients to visualize their previous games at any times as long as they are connected, and this without requiring any special requests to our customer services. The information available to the player takes into account the quantities of the bets, the results of the previous games and the complete history of the deposits and of the credits of the player.

NetBet is also recognized by the Players Council (www.conseildejoueurs.com) so as to optimize the relations between the players and NetBet. The Players Council's purpose is to help and support the players by acting as the intermediary between the players and NetBet, in order to professionally mediate any potential conflict arising between the parties.

At NetBet we believe that playing must be a pleasure and we will do our best to keep it that way!

Click here to see NetBet's accreditation

SECURITY

You can use your bank card on our website with complete peace of mind!

Websecurity Transactions is our electronic payment agent. They are one of the most experienced online financial transaction agents in the world and have handled more than 60 million individual online transactions to date.

We use the best encryption technology available. Doing this ensures your data is safe and protects your bank card against fraudulent transactions.

The data collected by NetBet is stored on ultra-secure servers, protected by the latest security patches. Our servers are updated by our security experts.

You can be safe in the knowledge that using your bank card on the Internet with NetBet is extremely secure, and is even safer than some offline transactions.

About NetBet

History

NetBet was established in 2001 and has held a European licence from Malta since 2006, enabling us to offer multiple casino games. NetBet is a regulated, fair and secure site owned and operated by NetBet Enterprises Ltd., 209 Marina Street, Pieta PTA 9041, Malta.

NetBet is a market leader and provider of top quality casino games. The site is also renowned in Europe thanks to the site's availability in multiple languages. Since its launch, the site has not stopped growing and now boasts thousands of registered players.

A fair and reliable site

Fair gaming

NetBet guarantees users complete confidentiality and security. NetBet always uses the latest public/private encryption methods, as well as a team of experts who maintain the casino's operations in order to protect clients' data.

A no virus guarantee

Downloadable software is also available to play our games on. Our software is free of spyware, adware or viruses, and is tested on Secuser, a recommended security site. Secuser - IT security and protection.

Why NetBet?

Our strong market position is thanks to:
- 360 state-of-the-art games
- user-friendly site
- professional customer service
- unbeatable bonus offers

NetBet's no obligation promotions and welcome offers, secure gaming environment and the chance to try our games for free have also contributed to our success.

We have clear and detailed information available on our site to facilitate your registration and let you start playing in just a few clicks.

Guaranteed confidentiality for players

NetBet guarantees users complete confidentiality and security. NetBet uses the latest technology in conjunction with a team of experts who closely monitor casino transactions, with the aim of protecting our clients' data. Also, all transactions made on NetBet are recorded and stored.

Secure payments

Deposits and withdrawals

Whether it's a question of deposits or withdrawals, NetBet aims to be as efficient as possible. NetBet uses one of the biggest bank card transaction companies in the world: Web Security Transactions. This company, which provides electronic cash and bank card transaction services for NetBet is a main electronic cash provider. The company regularly deals with over €50 million worth of online transactions .

Payment methods

On NetBet, there are many payment methods to choose from including Visa, Mastercard, NETELLER, Skrill, etc. You can also make deposits via wire transfer.

Controlled transactions

This company also uses sophisticated coding technology (md5RSA/sha1 encoded at 1024 bits) to guarantee the safest possible transfer of data over the Internet. Credit card data is stored on our secure server and is protected by cutting-edge security systems and firewalls.

NB: Our secure SSL certificate is as follows: Equifax Secure Global eBusiness CA-1

Games, promotions and services

NetBet has over 360 casino games to choose from, all containing different features and themes.

You can easily see a preview of our free games from the site's home page. You can also test our free games in demo mode with no obligation to pay or sign up.

In order to respond to the increasing demands of our clients, NetBet provides free casino software which lets players enjoy the most popular casino games simply and quickly. Games include Blackjack, European roulette, slot machines and video poker, to name but a few. All our games, both classic and original, are entertaining, attractive and easy to play. Flash technology provides our games with unbelievable graphics.

Responsible gaming

The Group’s philosophy

Since its creation in 2001, Group NetBet's objective has always been to offer a high quality service to its customers so that they can focus on having as much fun as possible.
That’s why Group NetBet makes every effort to provide customers with the best selection of online games and, with superb digital graphics and sound effects, players can immerse themselves in the thrilling adventure of gaming as if they were in a real casino. Furthermore, as part of its dedication to being a reliable, fair, secure and honest operator, Group NetBet is also committed to responsible gaming, which is concerned with preventing minors from accessing its sites, increasing players' awareness of negative influences that can take away from the enjoyable aspect of the game, prevention, and providing help for compulsive gamblers.

Protection of minors

UK and international law forbids all internet users under the age of 18 from accessing online betting games. With this in mind, Group NetBet takes every measure possible to prevent minors from playing on its sites. We also ensure that all advertising, sponsorship and promotional activity is not targeted at those under the age of 18. The Group reserves the right to request legal documents at any time to prove the identity and age of its users, in order to ensure that sites are not accessed by minors, to block banned players and to guarantee the identity of payment recipients. If you know someone under the age of 18 who has registered with us, please contact us immediately.

It is strongly advised that you limit the amount of time that minors spend on the internet and install parental control software. You should protect your online account and access to the gaming software with a password, keep your personal information out of reach of minors and never leave your gaming session open and unsupervised.

Harmful influences

To play real money games,you should be in a balanced psychological and emotional state in order to be able to think clearly and react in an appropriate manner. Gaming when under the consumption of alcohol, drugs or any other substance which could affect your mental state is very dangerous. For example, a player under the influence of alcohol is at a greater risk of not applying logic to a game (likelihood of losing) and also at a greater risk of becoming a compulsive gambler.

If you are prone to, or have had problems in the past with alcohol or drugs, we advise that you avoid playing games for money, and recommend that you seek professional advice (see the "Helping compulsive players" section below).

External pressures may also interfere with the enjoyable nature of playing games, such as playing the game in order to reach a certain social status or in order to integrate yourself into a social group. These are needless pressures which can be damaging in the short, medium and/or long term.

Gaming should remain a personal choice and a choice that is made based on enjoyment. It should not be an obligation under any circumstances, nor should it be a compulsion as a result of any other influence.

Player responsibility

Group NetBet promotes responsible gaming and hopes users behave responsibly with regard to their daily responsibilities.

Define your priorities
The time and money that you invest in gambling should never take precedent over, or interfere in your family, professional or social commitments. Impinging on your work or studies or on your family or parental responsibilities; Damaging to your health and hindering other activities that are crucial to your well-being (sport, a balanced diet, rest).
You should know how to set your priorities and how to maintain a good physical, emotional and relationship balance, both for you and for those around you – this is more important than winning.

Know your limits
It is the responsibility of the individual player to be aware of the importance of setting time and loss limits – this means you can avoid spending excessive time and money on gambling, as well as losing out on the enjoyable aspects of it. The financial aspect is particularly sensitive and, unfortunately, a lot of players succumb to excess and find themselves in debt as a result of gaming. It is important that you both fix and stick to your limits.

Prevention

Group NetBet is aware that some players get caught up in the excitement of the game and ignore their limits (money and time) and end up playing compulsively and irresponsibly. As a result, the Group have several measures available. For example:
- The Group’s customer service representatives are specially trained to follow players’ gaming patterns and to detect those who may be verging on excessive play.
- Players have the right to set financial limits on bets and losses, as well as time limits.
- There is a system in place on all the Group’s sites whereby a player can, of their own accord, request that their account is blocked for a given period of time. Players have the right to self exclude either temporarily or permanently. Alternatively, they can set a cooling off period of seven days if they wish to revoke any limit they may have implemented.
To help you to evaluate your behaviour, you can also ask yourself the following questions:
Have you taken time off work or your studies because of gambling?
Is gambling affecting your personal relationships (family, friends)?
Have you prioritised financing your gaming over financial responsibilities to your family?
Is gambling affecting your own health (problems with sleeping, self-neglect, isolation, depression, stress, behavioural difficulties)?
Have you felt remorse or regret after playing or felt the need to go back to playing as soon as possible in order to win more money/make up your losses?
Have you played to repay debts or to make up a financial deficit?
Have you played beyond the financial and time limits that you had set for yourself?
Have you borrowed or sold something to finance your gambling?
Have you considered acting illegally in order to finance your gambling?
Do you have problems with alcohol and/or with drugs?
Have you considered harming yourself because of your gambling (e.g. suicide)?
Have you noticed yourself behaving violently or aggressively during or after playing?
If you have answered "yes" to any of the questions above, we advise you to contact our Customer Service immediately. Alternatively, you can seek professional advice by clicking on one of the following links:
• Gamblers Anonymous
• National Council on Problem Gambling
• GamCare

Helping compulsive players

As part of Group NetBet's commitment to promoting responsible gaming and, in particular, their efforts to reduce compulsive gambling, Group NetBet actively promotes Gamble Aware (an organisation that promotes responsible gambling and provides support for gambling addictions).

Group NetBet is aware that the majority of players know how to play in a controlled manner, but that a minority (around 2%), are compulsive gamblers. NetBet's goal is to help addicted players or those who display signs of being at risk of dependency and to take appropriate measures to reduce the numbers of compulsive gamblers.

If you are in need personally, or if you know someone who is experiencing problems with excessive gambling, please don't hesitate to contact Group NetBet's customer service.

Email Service Providers

The number of legitimate emails from NetBet being automatically deleted or redirected to SPAM or BULK folders is steadily increasing due to new anti-spam filters implemented by software and service providers.

Below are some simple steps for you to follow to ensure that our emails are delivered correctly to your INBOX, including adding NetBet (promo@email.netbet.com) to your safe list or permitted sender list on your email service provider or anti-spam software.

We try to explain each procedure as accurately as possible, but the buttons and menu options can change. Refer directly to your email to get the exact name of a button or a menu option.

Gmail

Click "Contacts" along the left side of any Gmail page.
Click "Add new contact".
Copy and paste “promo@email.netbet.com” into the primary email address dialog box.
Click “Create”.
Click "Save".

If the mailing is in your SPAM folder, check the box next to the mailing and click the "Not Spam" button along the top.

Yahoo!

If you are not receiving email you are expecting, there are two things you can do:

Click the "Contacts" icon on the left hand side of Yahoo inbox.
Click "New Contact”.
Copy and paste “promo@email.netbet.com” into the email dialog box.
Click "Save".

Second option:

Check your Yahoo! Spam folder.
If you see the email from “promo@email.netbet.com”, open our email and click or tap the "Not Spam" button on the toolbar.

Hotmail/Outlook.com

Click the arrow next to New and then click “New Group”.

Enter a group name.
Under Add Member, start entering a name or email address. When the contact appears on the list, click on it.
When you've added all the members you want, click “Save”.

iCloud

iCloud automatically identifies most junk mail (spam) sent to your @icloud.com address, or its aliases, and moves the mail to your Junk Mail folder.

To indicate that an email message from isn’t junk:

Click the Junk folder in the sidebar. Select the email message from NetBet, then click the "Not Junk" button in the top right of the message window.
The message is moved to your Inbox. Subsequent email messages from will no longer automatically marked as junk.

By default, messages in the Junk folder are deleted after 30 days, so be sure to check it often to whitelist relevant email.

Outlook 2003 or higher:

To add promo@email.nebet.com of "Safe senders" on Outlook:

Right click NetBet’s email in your Inbox email list pane.
On the menu displayed, move your mouse over, or click, "Junk".
Click "Never block sender" in the menu that rolls out.

The resulting pop-up will say: "The sender of the selected message has been added to your Safe Senders List."

Click "OK".

To add promo@email.netbet.com as contact:

Open NetBet’s email.
Hover on address.
Choose "Open contact card" from the drop down section.
Choose “Add to Outlook Contact”.
Click Save.

Windows Live Mail

Open the message from NetBet to add to your contacts list.
Right click on the contact you want to add and click “Add sender to contacts”.

OR

Click on “Add contact” in the email header.
Verify the new contact information and click “Add contact”.

Mozilla Thunderbird

Click the Address Book button.
Make sure the Personal Address Book is highlighted.
Click the New Card button. This will launch a New Card window that has 3 tabs: Contact, Address and Other.
Under the Contact tab, copy and paste "promo@email.netbet.com" into the email dialogue box.
Click “OK”.

AOL

Right click on NetBet’s message to add to your contacts list.
Select “Add to Contacts” from the drop down box.
Verify the new contact information.

Entourage

Open the message you want to add to your contacts list.
Right click the message you want to add to your contacts and click “Add Sender to Address Book”.
Verify the new contact details and exit the newly created contact card.

Anti-Spam Software

Cloudmark SpamNet

Select Cloudmark | Options... from the Cloudmark SpamNet toolbar in Outlook.
Click “Advanced”.
Go to the Whitelist tab.
Click the “Add” button.
Type: email.netbet.com.
Click “OK”.

SpamPal

Right-click on the SpamPal system tray icon.
Select "Add to Whitelist" from the menu that appears.
Enter email.netbet.com
Click on "Add".

MailWasher

Select "Tools", then click "Blacklist", and then "Friends".
On the Friends list on the right, select "Add".
Ensure that "Wildcard expression" has been selected.
Enter *email.netbet.com
Click on "OK".
Click on "OK" again.

Spam Sleuth

Click on "File", followed by "Configure".
Access the Friends category.
Ensure that “Active” is selected.
Type *@email.netbet.com in the entry field on its own separate line.
Click on "OK".

McAfee Spamkiller

On the sidebar, select "Friends".
Click on "Add".
Ensure that under "Friend Type", "All users at a domain" is selected.
Click on "OK".

Oddpost

Check the "Probably Spam" folder.
If the NetBet email has been filtered, select it and choose the "Move to Inbox and Mark as Not Spam" option.

SpamButcher

Click on "Configure".
Select the "Known Senders" tab.
Choose "Add" from "Known Good Senders and Recipients".
Enter email.netbet.com.
Click on "OK".

Mailblocks

Click on the "Addresses" tab.
Click on "New".
Enter the address: @email.netbet.com
Ensure that "Accept Mail From This Address", under "Receiving Options" has been selected.
Under "Other options" make sure that "Display in People Picker" is unchecked.
Click on "Submit".
Click on "OK".

MailShield

Select "Friends" from the toolbar.
Click on "Add".
Enter “@email.netbet.com”.
Click on "OK".

Spameater Pro

Choose "Filters" from the sidebar.
Click on the tab saying "Approved Senders".
Choose "Add Filter".
Enter email.netbet.com into the address field
Choose "Email Domain" from the Address Type options.
Click on "OK".

Norton AntiSpam

Open Norton AntiSpam and click on the "Status & Settings" tab.
Select "AntiSpam" from the centre of the screen.
Select the yellow "Configure" button at the bottom-right of the screen.
Click the “Allowed List” tab (the second on the list).
Click on the "Add" button.
Enter “promo@email.netbet.com” into the email address box.
Click on "OK".

Spam Interceptor

Under "Authentication Lists", follow the "Trusted" link.
Enter *@email.netbet.com
Click on "Add".

Spam Inspector

Click on Spam Inspector, and then choose the "Manage Friends List" options from either the Outlook menu or the Spam Inspector toolbar.
Under "Add a New Friend", make sure that Email has been selected.
Choose Domain.
Enter email.netbet.com
Click on the >> button.
Click on "Close".

Further Email service providers, clients or Anti-Spam software

If a filter has been applied to the NetBet email redirecting messages to your "Bulk" or "Junk" folders, we suggest that you add NetBet to your Address Book and/or Contacts list.

Otherwise, you can try moving NetBet messages to your inbox, or forwarding one of the emails to yourself.

If messages from NetBet continue filtering to your "Bulk" or "Junk" folders, contact the technical support team of either your ISP or SPAM filter and ask for the best way to receive future email messages from NetBet.

Download Print

Terms & Conditions for NetBet

Version 9.1 – 26.04.2016

LEGAL NOTICE

Please read this contract attentively and be certain that you understand its content. If you have any doubts concerning your rights and obligations under this contract, please seek advice from a practicing attorney in your jurisdiction. It is essential that you be aware of current laws in your jurisdiction prior to registering. Certain games of chance are restricted by law in some countries, and may be indefinitely prohibited by law in others. NetBet is not responsible for any liability relating to matters of jurisdiction.

TERMS OF SERVICE

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTRODUCTION

1.1. Definition

1. The words and terms below, when used in this contract, have the meaning given here, unless the context clearly implies otherwise.

NetBet: An online gaming operator offering services through its website: https://casino.netbet.com and/or any other URLs belonging to or licensed to us (“the Website”). The services include and/or redirect to online casino games, online bingo and other online gaming services;

Internet Site: www.NetBet.com and all other sites connected to it and accessible through links or other access paths.

Login and Password: The login and password that you chose upon registering with the online casino;

Playthrough (also referred to as PT): The number of times or the amount that has to be bet for each bonus, before any winnings can be withdrawn. Any withdrawal request of monies linked to a bonus whose playthrough has not been completed will completely invalidate the bonus in addition to any winnings generated from that bonus. The player understands and agrees that they will only be entitled to withdraw the winnings generated from bonuses after they have completed the playthrough for all bonuses received. The player cannot activate an offer if their account already contains a bonus in progress. Pending offers can only be activated after the player has met the playthrough requirement for the current bonus.

It is unlawful upon agreeing to this document for any funds to be withdrawn by the player from their balance (including initial deposit) until playthrough has been completed. The system is created in such a way that the player cannot submit a withdrawal if having active playthrough. All bonuses will have a playthrough requirement. The said playthrough amount will be mentioned in the terms and conditions of each specific promotion (if not, a 40 times playthrough will apply by default).

Below you can see how different casino games contribute to meeting the playthrough:

Slots: 100% *except for Illusions, Cash Wizard, Moon Goddess and Super fast hot hot which contribute 80%
Roulette: 0%
Blackjack: 0%
Baccarat: 0%
Poker: 0% *except for Pai Gow Poker, and NetEnt Poker, which contribute 25 %
Punto Banco: 0%
Video Poker: 10% *except for 25x Deuces Poker, 100XPlay and Poker Pursuit which do not contribute

Please see below for % Contribution for NetEnt games:

- All table games: 0%

-All slots 80% *except for:
- Zombies : 75%
- Reel Steal : 75%
- Blood Suckers : 75%
- Wild Rockets : 70%
- Jack Hammer : 60%
- Jack Hammer 2 : 60%
- Wild Water : 60%
- Frankenstien : 50%
- Geisha wonders : 25%
- Fishy Fortune : 25%
- Gold Rush : 25%
- Tiki Wonders : 25%
- Super Lucky Frog : 25%
- Arabian Nights : 25%
- Bonus Keny : 25%
- Carribean Stud Professional Series: 25%
- Mega Joker : 25%
- Pirates Gold : 20%
- Sumsalabin : 20%
- Jack Hammer : 20%
- Magic Love : 20%
- Lucky 8 Line : 20%
- Casino Hold'em : 10%
- Hall of gods : 10%
- Super Nudge 6000 : 3%
- All video pokers : 1%
- Virtual Sports: 0%

Application: The application licensed by us, including all programmes, databases, games and any other derived content, whether or not in downloadable format, accessible or otherwise used by you through the Website and allowing you to participate in the services provided by NetBet. The Application contains its own proprietary content as well as content of third party providers.

User Account: A personal account opened with us by an individual and maintained by us and allows this person to play on NetBet.

We, Us, NetBet: Cosmo Gaming Company Limited, 209, Marina street, Pieta PTA 9041, Malta. We are licensed and regulated in Malta by the Malta Gaming Authority, with licence numbers: MGA/CL1/272/2006, 21 February 2008
MGA/CL1/608/2009, 12 March 2012
MGA/CL1/855/2012, 23 December 2013
MGA/CL2/272/2012, 10 July 2013
MGA/CL3/608/2009, 5 September 2013
MGA/CL1/995/2014, 18 September 2014

You: The user of the Service and the NetBet Application downloaded from the Internet site.

1.2. Introduction

1.2.1. This contract applies to the usage of services provided by NetBet and comes into force as soon as you tick the acceptance box during the registration process. Ticking this box confirms to us that you have read the terms and conditions referred hereunder and accept them. By using any of the Websites you confirm that you agree with these terms and conditions. This contract, which may be modified from time to time, will govern your use of the services provided by NetBet.

1.2.2. The site allows you to download and/or use our Application with the purpose of playing on the Internet (hereafter referred to as "the Service"). NetBet reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to suspend, modify, end, and/or add elements to its service, with immediate effect and without prior notice, and is not responsible for any loss suffered as a consequence of any modifications made.

1.2.3. None of the executives, managers, directors, employees, consultants, or agents in our branches or affiliated companies, or any of our providers or sellers, nor their relatives (in this clause, the term "relatives" means spouse, partner, parents, children or siblings of the people mentioned above) are authorised to use the Service directly or indirectly. If this clause is breached, NetBet reserves the right to close said account immediately and to cancel payment on any win.

1.2.4. In the event of misuse and/or the opening of an excessive number of accounts (one per player), abuse of promotions, bonuses or any other offers promoted by us, NetBet reserves the right to close or block the accounts of the client in question until the matter between NetBet and the client is resolved.

1.2.5. In the event of any kind of Application interruption due to any type of problem, NetBet reserves the exclusive right of requesting a screenshot.

1.2.6. NetBet reserves the right to modify the limits of our games and to apply reasonable limits to different players according to their game history.

1.2.7. By registering with NetBet, you confirm that you have read and understood the conditions of this Contract, and you acknowledge that these conditions are thus applicable to you.

1.2.8. By using the Application, you agree to the terms and conditions of NetBet. You are solely responsible to review these terms and conditions on a regular basis and any update related to these terms. Any changes to the Terms and Conditions will be communicated to, and accepted by the player before these are implemented.

1.2.9. Some games provided on this website originate from game providers which are not regulated by the malta Gaming Authority. When accessing these games, a pop-up will inform you that you are leaving the Maltese jurisdiction.

The following is a complete list of all the Game Providers and the Jurisdiction under which these games are provided.

Game Provider

Jurisdiction

Ainsworth

Alderney

Amaya

Malta

Betradar

Belgium

EGT

Belgium

Evolution

Malta/Alderney

Ezugi

Curaçao

Gameart

Malta

IGT

Alderney

iSoftBet

Alderney

Leander

Alderney

Microgaming

Malta

NetEnt

Malta

Pariplay

Malta

Playson

Malta

Quickspin

Alderney

Williams WMS

Gibraltar

Our terms and conditions will still apply irrespective of the jurisdiction of the game providers.

1.2.10. Games provided by Leander Games are licensed by Xterra Games Ltd and are operated by ISB Technologies Ltd. These games do not come under the supervision of the Malta Gaming Authority. These games are provided with their own terms and conditions. In case of conflict between them and these Terms and Conditions, such terms and conditions shall prevail.

1.2.11. These Terms and Conditions may be published in several languages for information purposes and ease of access by players. Where Terms and Conditions are in different languages, all versions reflect the same principles. It is only the English version that is the legal basis of the relationship between you and us and in case of any discrepancy between a non-English version and the English version of these Terms and Conditions, the English version shall prevail.

1.2.12. Any rights not expressly granted in these terms and conditions are reserved.

2. PURPOSE OF THE CONTRACT

2.1. The objective of this contract is to govern the legal relations between NetBet and the Application user once the user is connected and/or using the Application and services provided by NetBet.

3. LEGAL CLAUSES

3.1. You can only use the Internet site and Casino if you have attained the age of legal maturity in your country of residence. If you are under 18 years of age and you have not attained the legal age required in your country, you cannot use the Internet Site, the Service and the Application and you are violating this contract if you do not abide by the laws of your country and/or the age required by this contract.

3.2. NetBet reserves the right to request proof of age and identity of the user, at any time, to better enforce the outlawing of this site to minors.

3.3. Any player who registers on NetBet must provide a form of identification, an address, an email address and a telephone number. These must be valid when they are provided during registration.

3.4. Certain countries have not addressed the legality of games of chance on the Internet, and others have specifically determined that such games are illegal. The use of the Internet Casino and/or of the Internet site is in no way meant to be used by people who are forbidden by law to use it. The availability of the Internet Casino and/or of the Internet site shall not be interpreted as an offer or invitation on our part to use the Online Casino in a country where such use is illegal. The Use of the Casino is illegal in countries where the law prohibits all its applications. It is your sole responsibility to be aware of the respective laws in your jurisdiction in order to be certain that the use of the Internet Casino is legal in your country of residence. Players from the following countries are not authorised to play: American Samoa, Bahamas, Belgium, British Antarctic Territory, Bulgaria, Canton and Enderbury Islands, Curaçao, Cyprus, Estonia, France, France Polynesia, French Guiana, French Southern Territories, Guadeloupe, Guam, Hong Kong, Israel, Italy, Johnston Island, Latvia, Macau, Malta, Martinique, Mayotte, Netherlands Antilles, Northern Mariana Islands, New Caledonia, the Philippines, Pacific Islands Trust Teritory, Puerto Rico, Réunion, Saint Barthélemy, Singapore, Sint Maarten (Duch Part), Saint Pierre and Miquelon, St. Thomas, Spain, Turkey, The United States of America, U.S. Miscellaneous Pacific Islands, U.S. Virgin Islands, United States Minor Outlying Islands, Wake Island and Wallis Futuna. Please contact us for more information. NetBet reserves the right to demand proof of address and proof of age of its players. The Site management reserves the right to suspend player accounts if they access the site from a non-authorised territory.

3.5. By registering on NetBet, the user irrevocably authorises NetBet to limit the number of registered accounts to a maximum of three (3) with NetBet per IP address. The user acknowledges and agrees that they shall not use an IP address that has more than three registered accounts and that it is their sole responsibility to verify the number of registered accounts with NetBet prior to registering their own personal account. In the event where a user uses an IP address that has three or more registered accounts with NetBet, the user irrevocably agrees to authorise NetBet to block at its sole discretion any payment request(s) and to fully forfeit any amount in dispute to NetBet.

3.6. Players are only permitted to register a personal account on NetBet. Third parties do not have the right to register in your name.

4. APPLICATION USE LICENCE

4.1. We hereby grant you a personal non exclusive, non transferable licence to use the Application, in order to play in the Online Casino, according to the following regulations:

4.1.1. You are at least 18 years of age or the legal age required by the governing laws in the country where you reside, and you are able to assume responsibility for your actions;

4.1.2. All information included in the registration form submitted to NetBet is true, accurate, and complete, and corresponds to the name(s) appearing on the bank cards used for the deposits and payments of winnings. We reserve the right to cancel your user agreement in the event that the information provided to NetBet is found to be false, inaccurate, deceitful or incomplete. It is your responsibility to inform us of any changes regarding the information you provided us with as soon as possible;

4.1.3. The use of the Application and of the Service is a right that is bestowed upon you personally to play games of chance on the Internet. This right is given to you with a personal and not a commercial purpose. You may not under any circumstance authorise a third party to use your account, your password or your identity to access the Application or the Service. The Casino will not accept any complaints relating to activity on your account by a third party. It is your responsibility to inform us immediately if you suspect that your account is being used by a third party, so that we may inspect and verify your account;

4.1.4. You thoroughly understand all methods, rules and procedures of all games of chance offered on the Internet by the Service or through the use of the Application;

4.1.5. It is your responsibility to note the payout rate or odds that apply to each Game before you place a stake. Payout rates and odds change from time to time.

4.1.6. When you update a loss or stake limit whilst playing a Game, that loss or stake limit will not be updated until you close the current gaming session and start a new one.

4.1.7. NetBet reserves the right not to release any funds suspected to be connected to or proceeding from crime to you. You agree not to download, rent, lease, loan, distribute, create derivate works, copy, re-use, modify, adapt, attempt to decompile, decipher, disassemble, reverse engineer, decrypt or discover the source code of all or any portion of the Application or the Games, create improvements, or seek to obtain intellectual property protection on the content of and intellectual property rights in the Application and the Games.

4.1.8. You are completely aware that when playing games of chance through the use of the Service and/or the Application you are at risk of losing money. It is your sole responsibility to assume the losses suffered through your account;

4.1.9. Please be advised that our products are consumed instantly when playing. Thus, we cannot provide returns of goods, refunds or cancellation of your service when playing. If you play a game with real money, the money will be drawn from your player account instantly.

4.1.10. You understand and acknowledge that if there is a malfunction in a Game or its interoperability, any bets made during such malfunctioning shall be void. Funds obtained from a malfunctioning Game shall be considered void, as well as any subsequent game rounds with said funds, regardless of what Games are played using such funds.

4.1.11. You shall not commit any act or adopt any kind of behaviour that could damage NetBet's reputation, and you acknowledge that the use of the Service and/or the Application is at your sole discretion and risk;

4.1.12. You certify that the funds used by the User to play the games of chance on this Internet Site through the use of the Service or the Application are not from illegal sources, and that in no way will you use the Service or the Application with the purpose of transferring funds. You will not use the Service and or the Application for any illicit or fraudulent activity, or for any unlawful or fraudulent transaction (including money laundering), in accordance with the laws of all the jurisdictions having authority over you. NetBet reserves the right to discontinue or block the account(s) of the client, at any time, and until the matter has been resolved, if NetBet has the slightest doubt as to the legality of the source of the funds used by the User to play the games of chance on the Internet;

4.1.13. You certify that you will not violate or attempt to violate or misconstrue NetBet's security measures in any way. If NetBet has the slightest doubt with respect to this clause, NetBet reserves the right to suspend or block your account immediately, to not credit you with the amount due on your account, and to deny you access to all other Internet Sites, Services and the Application offered by the corporation.

4.1.14. You certify that in what pertains to the services provided by NetBet, you will not use or attempt to use any martingale betting strategy or software endowed, in our view, with artificial intelligence.
Abuse of bonuses and other promotional offers, as well as all other abuse of the Application or services provided by NetBet, is prohibited.
In the event that NetBet reasonably determines that you used or attempted to use a product endowed with artificial intelligence in conjunction with our Application or services, NetBet reserves the right to rescind or block your account immediately, and to not reimburse the amount credited to your account, and prohibit your access to all other Internet Sites, Services and Application offered by the corporation.

4.1.15. In the interest of fair play, our Sites prohibit the use of any recognised betting techniques with the aim of circumventing the standard house edge in our games. If your account shows any indication of deceptive game play through these betting techniques, your account will be blocked immediately and we will retain any funds from the account in question.

4.1.16 Should we have any reason to believe that either an account or group of accounts are operating systematically, e.g. using specific betting techniques or group wagering, the Company reserves the right to block or permanently close all accounts. In these circumstances, the Company will not be under any obligation to refund you any money in your account, with the exception of the amount you originally deposited, should this amount still be present.

4.1.17. You acknowledge that NetBet reserves the right to request proof of deposit to a client for all alternative payments, at any moment, (i.e.: Skrill and NETELLER Invoices). NetBet reserves the right to request its clients' bank account numbers at any time. The descriptors used by NetBet are NetBet for Bank card transactions and Worldpay AP Ltd / Envoy Services Ltd for withdrawals by wire transfer.

4.1.28. You agree with the fact that any amounts deposited in your account can in no way generate interest.

4.1.19. You agree that you will not abuse the possibility of opening several accounts per client. Each client is authorised to open one account per person. If NetBet discovers a client has more than one player account, we reserve the right to block all client accounts, including but not limited to all types of transactions related to the client’s account, until this problem is resolved.

4.1.20. You certify that you will not abuse the ability of opening accounts in order to benefit from bonus credits and promotional offers by NetBet (use of 100%, 20% of initial deposits, or use of certificates and promotional codes). NetBet reserves the right, in case of abusive behaviour on your part relating to NetBet bonus credits and/or promotional offers, at its sole discretion, to rescind or block client accounts created to that end, as well as their transactions;

4.1.21. You acknowledge upon registering that you are obliged to provide us with personal information including, but not limited to, information relating to methods of payment. You hereby acknowledge that we may be forced to disclose your information to third parties if deemed necessary;

4.1.22. We will use your personal data to allow you to participate in the games and to carry out operations relevant to your participation in the games. We may also use your personal data to inform you of changes, new services and promotions that we think you may find interesting. If you do not wish to receive such direct marketing data, you may opt out of such service. NetBet will not exchange and/or distribute email addresses or a client’s personal information with third parties except where it might be legally obliged to disclose information to authorities for regulatory purposes.

4.1.23. Your personal data will not be disclosed to third parties, unless such disclosure is necessary to process your requests relating to your participation in the games or unless it is required by law. As NetBet's business partners or suppliers or service providers may be responsible for certain parts of the overall functioning or operation of the Website, personal data may be disclosed to them. Employees of NetBet, specifically customer support, the payment team and other employees shall also have access to your personal data for the purpose of executing their duties and providing you with assistance and the Service. You hereby consent to such disclosures.

4.1.24. NetBet reserves the right to collaborate with partner companies to offer clients the best promotions possible. Clients will be made aware of these offers and promotions from NetBet. NetBet cannot sell or exchange personal information of clients under any circumstances. NetBet will not exchange this information with any other third party.

4.1.25. In the event of winning an amount equal to €250,000 or more through the use of the Application or the Service, you agree to give the company the exclusive, permanent, and irrevocable right and authorisation to use your name, photograph, and picture in all media as part of the company's marketing and promotional needs, and for its Internet site(s), on a worldwide level, and to be fully cooperative with company representatives;

4.1.26. You are solely responsible for the filing, payment, and accounting of taxes or any other kind of exceptional burden that you may be accountable for to any relevant government in the event that you benefit from any wins;

4.1.27. We hereby grant you the right to use the Internet Site, the Service and the Application , in accordance with the conditions established in this Contract, or as modified from time to time, and through your use of the Internet Site, Service and/or Application, you accept the rules and instructions in this Contract;

4.1.28. You are solely responsible for all telecommunication networks or Internet Services and for all other authorisation or permit required in relation to the Service and the Application;

4.1.29. You alone are responsible for the security of your password and login to enter your player account. To optimise your password security, NetBet suggests that you choose a password with letters and numbers, as well as upper and lowercase letters, and that you not show anyone the password/login used for the player account. NetBet recommends that you keep your password in a safe and secure place that only you have access to.

4.1.30. It is strictly forbidden for NetBet players to sell, transfer and/or acquire accounts to/from other players.

4.1.31. It is strictly forbidden for players to transfer funds from their NetBet player accounts to other players’ NetBet accounts.

5. OUR DECLARATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

5.1. NetBet is committed to paying all winnings obtained by the user, in accordance with the conditions established in this Contract;

5.2. NetBet is in no way responsible for the potential access to a user's account by a third party and will not be held responsible for any potential loss suffered due to the illicit use of a user's password by a third party without authorised access, and/or for any transaction in which the name and password of a user were registered correctly;

5.3. NetBet is in no way responsible if the user forgets, misplaces, or loses their password, except as a result of an error on the part of NetBet. NetBet is not responsible for storing passwords and logins belonging to the user;

5.4. NetBet uses the latest privacy/public encryption methods to better protect the passwords and logins used by the user in order to gain access to the Service and/or Application towards third parties during Internet broadcast;

5.5. NetBet guarantees that the use of the Application to play games of chance on the Internet offers the user a completely random and fair chance thanks to RNG Software (RNG: Random Number Generator) which determines the random combinations related to the Services;

5.6. NetBet can at anytime deduct a positive balance from the user's account equivalent to that which is owed by the user;

5.7. NetBet reserves the right to limit or refuse any bet, wager, or any other type of gamble made by the user or through their account

5.8. NetBet is in no way expected to investigate or follow up a complaint made by a user against another for any reason, including but not limited to, the conditions in this Contract. NetBet at its sole discretion can decide to act against any person suspected of illicit actions or attempting to violate the conditions of this Contract;

5.9. NetBet is under no obligation to verify if all users use the Service and/or the Application , according to the updated rules of this Contract.

6. BONUS

6.1. Each bonus, promotion and/or special offer is subject to its own specific terms. The player agrees to read and understand the terms applicable to each bonus they collect. NetBet Casino reserves the right to rescind any bonus or special offer or promotion at any time.

6.2 Except where otherwise stated, all bonuses offered on NetBet Casino are limited to one per person, IP address, address and/or household. Registered players from the following countries are not eligible for any casino bonuses: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Burkina Faso, Benin, Ivory Coast, Czech Republic, Georgia, Croatia, Hungary, India, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Lithuania, Moldova, Macedonia, Nigeria, Poland, Serbia, Russian Federation, Slovenia, Slovakia, Ukraine, Uzbekistan, Zimbabwe.

6.3. NetBet Casino offers many free bonuses, such as welcome bonuses, loyalty bonuses, account reactivation bonuses and many more, which allow you to play without making a deposit beforehand. Withdrawals of monies generated by the usage of a bonus are always subject to the terms specific to the bonus.
Before any player may cash out their winnings acquired from playing bonuses, they must first deposit a minimum amount of £/€/$10.

6.4 A player cannot apply for a withdrawal request unless the playthrough of the bonus received has been fully completed.

6.5. The player agrees that winnings from bonuses which require initial deposits will only be awarded once bonuses have been completely played out.

6.6. Regarding Terms and Conditions in different languages, all versions reflect the same principles. The prevailing Terms and Conditions are the English version.

6.7. Players who have an active bonus in their player account are not entitled to take part in MultiPlayer Roulette.

6.8. If a player registers a deposit in order to receive a bonus or to use a reward code and they withdraw the deposit amount, all pending/ queue bonuses will be cancelled.
6.9. Only real money wagers are accepted on NetBet Live Dealers. Therefore, none of the above-mentioned bonuses can be claimed on NetBet Live Dealers

7. BONUS SEEKER

7.1.A user can only use the promotions if their last transaction with our services was a deposit. If a user starts to withdraw cash from their account, NetBet reserves the right to block the user from receiving promotions or bonuses. NetBet would like to remind users that promotions, cancelled withdrawals and bonuses do not count as deposits.

7.2. All abusive and repetitive use of promotions offered by NetBet during deposits (including but not limited to our partners' promotions for payments, our certificates and reward certificates) by depositing only a minimum amount in order to play with the bonus may lead NetBet, at its sole discretion, to label the user as a "Bonus Seeker", or to block and/or cancel their user account and any transactions associated with it.

7.3. The use of the certificate without a deposit, which constitutes no gain, does not label a user as a Bonus Seeker.

7.4. From the moment when NetBet declares a user as a "Bonus Seeker", the user will no longer benefit from any promotional bonuses.

7.5. NetBet reserves the right to label a user as a Bonus Seeker in the following instances:

7.5.1. If a user only uses bonus coupons to play on their account

7.5.2. If the bonus coupon amount is more than the total amount deposited by the user

7.5.3. If the user plays with more than one bonus per day.

8. TRANSACTIONS

8.1. You are entirely responsible for all payments due to NetBet and in the event of conflict, you will be unable to refuse payment or to reverse payments made, and you shall also compensate NetBet with a sufficient amount, in case NetBet were to suffer a loss in relation to your payments. NetBet can, at its sole discretion, block the Service or stop paying certain users who pay with certain bank cards.

8.2. NetBet reserves the right to verify the financial solvency of any of its users, through the information provided during registration and through third parties.

8.3. All deposit and withdrawal transactions will be carried out using the “KYC” verification process to prevent money laundering. Suspicious transactions will be reported to the relevant Authorities.

8.4. NetBet does not charge for the service of depositing or withdrawing money from the player account. However, your bank may charge for deposits and/or withdrawals from the user account. In this case, the charge will be in the user’s name and will be debited from the player’s account.

8.5. NetBet does not levy a deposit fee for any of its deposit methods.

8.6. There are no deposit limits. Limits may be imposed on the total value of bets or through self-limits the player sets under the responsible gaming.

8.7. As stipulated by the Malta Gaming Authority, the Player has self-protection mechanisms available to them, namely the right to set financial limits on wagers and losses, the right to set limits on session times, the right to self-exclusion for a definite or indefinite period of time, and a cool down period of seven days after NetBet has received notice from the Player.

8.8. Any player who takes part in NetBet Casino promotions accepts that their name, the first letter of their surname, their photo (if applicable) and their prize will be mentioned on the blog and on the website.

9. WITHDRAWALS

9.1. Any withdrawal request is subjected to a minimum amount of €10. If your account contains less than €10 and you would like to close your NetBet account, please send a written request via the contact form here and we will arrange the transfer.
Before the player can cash out their winnings resulting from playing a bonus, they must first deposit a minimum of €10.

9.2. Subject to the general withdrawal restrictions and bonus restrictions, NetBet does not apply restrictions on withdrawals of funds not used for wagering/betting.

9.3. All payments shall take place within 48 hours of the user's request. However, please be aware that it takes a few extra days (bank processing times) before your winnings are made available to you. To ensure smooth execution of your withdrawal requests, please ensure that you have provided us with all the necessary information regarding the validation of your payment.

9.4. Players have a variety of online withdrawal methods from which they may withdraw winnings. Players may use the following withdrawal methods: Bank Cards, NETELLER, Skrill (formally Moneybookers), Webmoney, Moneta, Qiwi and Wire Transfer. Players must also agree to the following conditions: Before any player may cash out their acquired winnings from playing bonuses, they first must deposit a minimum amount of €10. Before any player can register a withdrawal request, they must at least make a deposit. There is no time limit.

9.5. In order to receive your winnings via your Skrill, NETELLER, Webmoney, Moneta and/or Qiwi account, you must first make at least one deposit using that payment method.

9.6. NetBet will only instruct payment to be made to accounts with which you have deposited. All withdrawal requests to another account will be approved at the discretion of NetBet, and NetBet reserves the right to reject such a request.

9.7. Players will not get any interest on outstanding amounts with NetBet. Players shall not treat the Company as a financial institution.

9.8 NetBet will only confirm a withdrawal request from a player after the user’s identity and the player account have been verified, and after having checked that the player has not made any chargeback with regards to NetBet. Any demand for a withdrawal must be supported by the authentication of the user. We will carry out additional verification procedures for any payout exceeding the equivalent of €1,000 or cumulative withdrawals exceeding €2,330, and the right is further reserved to carry out such verification procedures in case of lower payouts. Such verifications may for example include copies of a member’s passport and/or copies of a member’s utility bills.

9.9. No withdrawal processing fees will be levied by NetBet for regular withdrawal requests. The fees established for unconventional withdrawals such as NETELLER or Skrill will be credited directly into the user account. These fees may be dependent on factors such as the currency used in the account or the user's place of residence. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, it is possible that your bank or the payment solution that you use charges your account for transaction fees. Such fees are not dependent on us and we do not assume any responsibility. Should you require further information, please contact our customer services.

9.10. Refunds will only be processed with the bank account associated with the bank card used for deposits on the websites.

9.11. Withdrawals available from our website will be made from your account free of charge from NetBet. However please note that your bank may charge for withdrawals from your account. Please contact our customer service for any information.

9.12. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, withdrawal requests are subject to verification procedures and bonus terms and conditions. In the event where your account is under investigation, we reserve the right to withhold any withdrawal request until such investigation is completed to our satisfaction. Each bonus is subject to terms and conditions which are listed in promotional emails and on our website.
If a player requests a withdrawal before the playthrough has been entirely met, NetBet will deduct the entire bonus as well as any prior earnings before approving any withdrawals.

9.13. Please note that you are only permitted one account per person.

9.14. Any player found to be not respecting our general terms and conditions risks losing their winnings and even exclusion from NetBet.

9.15. NetBet shall pay any withdrawal using the same payment method used for the player's deposit. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, NetBet shall have the exclusive right to pay any player's winnings using the payment method of its choice and at its own discretion.

10. NO WARRANTIES

10.1. NetBet offers a Service and an Application "as it is", with no warranties, assurance, engagements, or any declaration, explicit or implied, legal or other. NetBet hereby excludes all terms, conditions, and warranties explicit or implied, including but not limited to implied warranties, commercial conditions, and/or matters of satisfactory quality, ability and adaptability to a specific end, completion or precision of service and of the application with regards to the failure to respect governing rules and laws.

10.2 In the event of error(s) in published odds, pay tables or gaming software, NetBet will notify players and cancel or void any wagers affected by these errors. Players have a responsibility to notify NetBet in cases where errors are detected. If it is evident that a player continued to play with the intention of exploiting the error(s) or bug(s), any such bets will be cancelled and annulled. In any case, the maximum liability or payout of the company in the case of error(s) in published odds, pay tables or gaming software is capped at 10,000 Euros; any winnings over this amount will not be paid out.

10.3 We do not guarantee that the Service or the Application are authorised, and that the operation will fully satisfy you, that it is entirely secure and exempt from error, that it is updated regularly, that any application defect is regularly corrected, that it is uninterrupted, that the Service or the Application are virus or bug free, or that they are continually operational, that they are adequate, that the material is reliable, or that all other information obtained by way of the Service or that all results are adequate and reliable.

10.4. In case of discrepancies in the systems or in means of communication, due to viruses or bugs as it relates to the account regulations or all other parameters that make up the Application, we shall not be held responsible to you or a third party for any damage, costs, expenses, losses, or claims brought by said discrepancies, and we reserve the right, in the event of such type of errors, to cease all games from the application and website in question and to take all other measure necessary to correct such errors, provided that we are not responsible to provide an emergency network, system, or similar emergency services.

10.5. NetBet cannot be held responsible for any act of omission by an Internet service provider or of any other third party with whom you may have contracted in order to have access to NetBet’s Service and/or Application. In case of litigation between the Internet service provider and yourself, NetBet cannot be a party to the suit, and such suit shall in no way affect the user's obligations under this contract.

11. COOKIES

11.1. By using NetBet, you agree that we may install cookies on your computer; we use cookies mainly to identify and provide suitable customer service options to you. Customer service is a major priority for NetBet and to build an accurate image of user preferences, NetBet personalises its web services depending on each user’s interests.

11.2. NetBet may collect information about your computer including, where available, your IP address, operating system and browser type. This is statistical data and does not identify any individual.

12. AMENDMENTS TO THE CONTRACT OR TO THE PRIVACY POLICY

12.1. NetBet reserves the right to amend, modify, and update the Terms and Conditions, Game Rules, and Confidentiality Policy of this Contract at any time.

12.2 Whenever we amend these Terms and Conditions, we will notify you prior to such changes taking effect. Upon logging into your player account, you will be required to confirm acceptance of the updated Terms and Conditions. If you do not agree to the updated Terms and Conditions, you must stop using the Websites.

12.3 The version posted on NetBet's site(s) is the effective version, and the one which users should use as reference. Notice of modification with an effective date will be posted on the Internet Site. It is your responsibility to inform yourself regarding the Terms and Conditions, Game Rules, and Confidentiality Policy of this Contract, as well as being familiar with the modifications that affect or will affect you. NetBet recommends that you visit the Terms and Conditions, Game Rules, and Confidentiality Policy sections of this Contract regularly, or whenever you see a notice of modification posted on the Internet Site.

12.4 By continuing to use the Internet Site, the Service or the Application offered by NetBet or its other sites, you agree to be bound by the Terms and Conditions, Game Rules, and Confidentiality Policy of this Contract, as well as by the latest modifications to it, whether or not you are aware of such modifications. If you refuse to be bound by those modifications, you shall immediately cease use of the Internet Site, the Service or the Application offered by NetBet or its other sites.

13. LIMITED LIABILITY

13.1. You acknowledge that you have chosen and use the Service and the Application willingly and at your own risk and discretion.

13.2. The Games are provided “as it is”. NetBet makes no warranty or representation, express or implied, in respect of the Games.

13.3. We are in no way responsible for any loss or damage, direct or indirect, that you or a third party might have suffered as a result of your use or the third party's use of the Service and/or of the Application, including but not limited to damages caused by a commercial loss, a loss of benefits, a loss on anticipated profit, interruption of business, loss of commercial information, or any other pecuniary and/or consecutive loss.

13.4. We are in no way responsible for any loss or damage that you or a third party might have suffered as a result of your use or their use of the Internet Site, its content or that of any link suggested by NetBet.

13.5. We are in no way responsible for any loss or damage that you or a third party might have suffered as a result of any modification, suspension or interruption of Service or the Application .

13.6. We are in no way responsible for any loss or damage, including, but not limited to, a loss of profit, as a result of improper functioning of the Service and/or of the Application, any delay, interruption, transmission, loss or corruption of data, improper functioning of means of communication, criminal use of the Internet Site or of its content by any person, a defect, or omission or any other factor beyond our control. In the event that the malfunction results in profit, whether it is collected or credited to your account, NetBet reserves the right to claim all gains that you may have benefited from, as a result of one of those malfunctions, and you would be obliged to immediately reimburse NetBet the amount collected and inform NetBet of the malfunction. NetBet reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to directly deduct an amount equal to that which you may have received in error from your account.

14. BREACH OF CONTRACT

14.1. In accepting the terms of this Contract, you are bound to integrally indemnify us, to defend us and to exonerate us, on demand of any complaint, responsibility, damage, loss, cost or expense, including but not limited to all legal fees or others that we shall bear as a result of breach of this Contract, a violation of our laws, rules and/or rights or of those of a third party, to any use of the Service and/or the Application with your login, whether it be with your knowledge or without it, as well as any acceptance of profit on your part.

14.2. If you fail to adhere to any of the conditions of this Contract, or if we reasonably suspect that you are failing to comply with any of the conditions of this Contract, NetBet reserves the right, with any solution at its disposal, and at its sole discretion, to block all your user accounts and to withdraw the necessary amount from your account in order to compensate the damage suffered by NetBet, or in exchange of any amount due to NetBet, and until ruled upon it by a Court of Law.

14.3. If you fail to abide by the conditions of this Contract, NetBet reserves the right to block your user account, as well as to indefinitely ban your access to the Internet Site, Service and the Application belonging to NetBet, and will have the right to bring suit against you.

15. CONFLICT

15.1. In case of conflict between the result posted on the Application and the result shown in our Server, the result posted in our Server shall take precedence. You understand and accept that the settlement of any conflict between the user and NetBet will be determined based on the records kept by NetBet. You also agree to the use of RNG Software (RNG: Random Number Generator) whose purpose is to provide game servers with an adequate quantity of random numbers for the casino games.

15.2. You have acknowledged and accepted that any complaint or contestation made by you more than 7 days after the transaction in question will not be taken into account, and will have no value.

15.3. If you have a complaint to make regarding our services, you may email your local customer service via the "Contact Us" section of the website which can be found here.We will make our best efforts to resolve the reported matter promtly.

15.4. NetBet will respond to the complainants or to the Authority with respect to complaints with the results of the inquiry within 21 days from the date of the lodgement of the complain. We will ensure a prompt resolution of issues.

15.5. If for any reason you are not satisfied with how NetBet has resolved your complaint, you may report a complaint to the Malta Gaming Authority:
Address: Building SCM02-03, Level 4, Smart City, Malta, Ricasoli, SCM1001
Telephone Number: +356 25469000
Email: support.mga@mga.org.mt

15.6. If, for any reason, you have a complaint that you were not able to directly resolve with us, you can also contact the European ODR. (Only available for EU players).

16. TERMS AND CANCELLATION

16.1. This Contract becomes effective immediately after clicking on "I agree" and remains valid until it is cancelled in accordance to the conditions stated herein.

16.2. You can cancel this contract at any time in writing to NetBet, 209 Marina Street, Pieta PTA 9041, Malta under the condition that you have no outstanding amounts with NetBet, for any reason. The cancellation of this Contract only becomes effective after you have received a written notification from NetBet. confirming the cancellation. From the moment when this contract becomes invalid, you will no longer be authorised to use the Service and the Application, and you are under the obligation to erase the Application from your computer and to destroy all documentation, related to the Service or to the Application, in your possession, in your power or under your control.
NetBet. recommends that the cardholder prints all transaction data, the rules of the game, the cancellation regulations, and the payment methods from the website in order to avoid future misconceptions and disputes.

16.3. Any player wishing to close their account must submit a written request via the contact form here.

16.4. If the Account Holder does not access the Player Account by "logging in" using their account name and security details during a period of twelve calendar months, their Player Account shall be deemed as "inactive". NetBet shall be entitled to charge an administrative fee of €5, to be charged at the end of every calendar month that the Player's Account remains inactive for, and the same may be deducted from their Player Account balance. Once a Player's Account is deemed inactive, all bonus balances available in that Player's Account shall be lost and the same amount may immediately be deducted from their Player Account balance; the bonus balances will no longer be available if the Player's Account is reactivated. The administration fee will no longer be charged if the Player's Account is reactivated prior to any monthly fee being deducted.

16.5. After thirty months, any “inactive” Player accounts will be permanently closed. Any remaining funds belonging to the real money balance of the Player's Account shall be remitted to the Account Holder, or if the Account Holder cannot be satisfactorily located, to the Malta Gaming Authority, provided that no claim shall lie against NetBet after it has remitted the balance to the Malta Gaming Authority.

16.6. NetBet reserves the right to cancel this Contract and to close your user account, at any time, without any reason, and at its sole discretion, or if certain activity on your part is brought to the attention of NetBet Ltd and or its members, including but not limited to fraud, failure to abide by one or more clauses in this Contract, abuse of bonuses and other promotions and/or the improper use of the Application .

16.7. A player’s registration may be refused or closed at the Licensee's sole discretion, but contractual obligations already made will be honoured.

16.8. Immediately following the cancellation of this Contract, by either party, NetBet is bound to reimburse the integral amount indicated in your user account, only after the deduction of any amount owed to NetBet, if any.

16.9. For more information about procedures for recovering funds held in closed, blocked and excluded accounts, please contact our customer service team via the contact form here.

16.10. All information collected during the registration process is kept even after an account is closed. This information is kept for regulatory purposes, and prevention of fraud and money laundering.

16.11. The cancellation of this Contract shall not be cause of prejudice to any other right or engagement of either party in regards to any violation stated herein or any other violation.

16.12. All existing obligations between the parties and this Contract will be null and void after the cancellation of this Contract, and for whatever reason, except if provided otherwise, under the reserved rights and obligations accepted prior to the cancellation.

17. CUSTOMER SERVICE

17.1. In order to optimise the quality of our services, your calls to our Customer Service may be recorded. Our customer service will do all it can to respond to your demands.

18. CHAT ROOM

18.1. No chat room between players is available.

19. GOVERNING LAW/JURISDICTION

19.1. This Contract, its interpretation and its execution, as well as all other legal relations between the parties to this Contract, should be regulated and interpreted according to the laws of Malta.

19.2. In case of complaint or conflict, the English version of this contract shall prevail against any other version that we may have emitted.

19.3. Any complaint or dispute, direct or indirect, arising from this Contract shall be pursued in a Court of Law competent in Malta, which should have complete and absolute jurisdiction. In spite of the latter, NetBet reserves, at its discretion, the right to bring legal suit against any user in front of any competent court of law whether or not it be in the user's jurisdiction.

THIS CONTRACT IS CONSIDERED SIGNED AND APPROVED
BY
NETBET
AND THE USER
AS PROVIDED IN THE INTRODUCTION PARAGRAPH ABOVE UNDER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE, BEGINNING ON THE DATE THAT THE APPLICATION WAS INSTALLED BY THE USER

NetBet ~ Copyright 2016

1. These terms and conditions apply when you play a Game offered on or through NetBet in addition to: (1) NetBet’s terms and conditions of use; and (2) the Game Rules. You can access each Game’s Game Rules by clicking on ‘Game Rules’ once a Game has loaded. Game rules can be downloaded and/or printed on the desktop version.

2. If you do not accept these terms, do not play any Game.

3. Definitions:

3.1. “Force Majeure” means any circumstance beyond NetBet's reasonable control;

3.2. “Game” means a game offered by NetBet;

3.3. “Game Rules” means the rules applicable to each Game (which you can see by clicking on “Game Rules” once a game has loaded);

3.4. “Playing a Game” includes attempting to play a Game;

3.5. “Website Provider” means the company responsible for the operation of the Website.

4. Unless otherwise stated, the copyright and all other intellectual property rights in each Game (including without limitation photographs and graphical images) are owned by the Game provider.

5. By agreeing to these terms and conditions, you accept and warrant that you fully understand and agree to comply with all of them, and that you understand that failure to abide by these terms and conditions may result in disqualification, customer account closure, forfeiture of funds and/or legal action against you.

6. NetBet reserves the right to make changes to these terms and conditions at any time and without prior notice.

7. You may not play any Game if you or a member of your household are, or have ever been, an employee of any Game provider or associated company. For the purpose of this clause, “employee” includes third party contractors such as licensors, software suppliers, developers or partners and all those who are in any way affiliated with Game providers, or any of their subsidiaries or associated companies.

8. Wagers are only valid if accepted by NetBet’s server. Until the wager has been accepted by NetBet’s server, all information displayed relating to a Game constitutes an invitation to play only. You agree that NetBet’s records shall be the final authority in determining the validity and terms of any wagers you place and the circumstances in which they were made. NetBet reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to refuse or limit any wager you place. Where a wager is invalid, refused or its value limited, any sum deducted from your account with respect to that stake will be credited to your account.

9. When you play a Game you agree to forfeit your wager and any winnings if you leave the Game “in progress” for a period of 90 days or more. For example, in a game of Black Jack, if the cards are dealt but you do not make the decision to “hit” or “stand” within 90 days from the day on which you have made the wager you will lose both that wager and any winnings that you may have otherwise been entitled to. In order to avoid this situation occurring, you should follow the procedures set out in the Game Rules.

10. Where there is a conflict between any provision of the Website’s terms and conditions of use and these terms and conditions, these terms and conditions shall prevail.

11. If you have a complaint about a Game that NetBet is unable to resolve, you can contact the respective jurisdiction for the Game provider.

12. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of these terms and conditions unenforceable, invalid, or unlawful, then the remainder shall continue in full force and effect. These terms and conditions constitute the entire understanding between the parties in respect of the use of the Games, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous understandings regarding such subject matter. These terms and conditions are governed by the laws of Malta and its courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim that arises out of or in connection with these terms and conditions.

CONTACT US

Welcome to Live Chat

Our customer support team is available to answer any queries you may have. Click the button below to contact us via our live chat service, which is available from 09:00 to 23:00 (GMT+1).

Email

NetBet has a dedicated customer service team on hand. Ask our experts any question and they will be pleased to help.
Click here to fill in our email form.

Back to top

Telephone

Contact our customer services by phone.
Please note our representatives are available from 12:00 to 20:00 (GMT+1).

Phone: +44 (0)20 3608 6024.

Back to top

Bet type	Odd
Player wins	2.05
War	12.50
Dealer wins	2.05
Player's card will be a face card (J, Q, K)	4.12
Dealer's card will be a face card (J, Q, K)	4.12
Player's card will be a pip card (A, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10)	1.23
Dealer's card will be a pip card (A, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10)	1.23
Player's card will be red	1.90
Dealer's card will be red	1.90
Player's card will be black	1.90
Dealer's card will be black	1.90

Bet type	Odd
Wheel clapper will stop at the number LESS than 9.5	2.00
Wheel clapper will stop at the number MORE than 9.5	2.00
Wheel clapper will stop inside the GREY sector	3.00
Wheel clapper will stop inside the RED sector	3.00
Wheel clapper will stop inside the BLACK sector	3.00
Wheel clapper will stop at any EVEN number	2.00
Wheel clapper will stop at any ODD number	2.00
Wheel clapper will stop at the FORTUNE sector	18.00
Wheel clapper will stop inside the number range FROM 1 TO 6 inclusive	3.00
Wheel clapper will stop inside the number range FROM 7 TO 12 inclusive	3.00

Game Provider	Jurisdiction
Ainsworth	Alderney
Amaya	Malta
Betradar	Belgium
EGT	Belgium
Evolution	Malta/Alderney
Ezugi	Curaçao
Gameart	Malta
IGT	Alderney
iSoftBet	Alderney
Leander	Alderney
Microgaming	Malta
NetEnt	Malta
Pariplay	Malta
Playson	Malta
Quickspin	Alderney
Williams WMS	Gibraltar

Deposit/ Withdrawals

1. How do I make a deposit?

2. I cannot make a deposit with my bank card

3. How do I make a withdrawal?

4. How do I reverse a withdrawal?

5. Why I am not able to submit a withdrawal request?

6. Can I transfer funds from one NetBet site to another?

Payment Methods

Withdrawals

My account

1. How to register?

2. Is it necessary to confirm my personal data?

3. I did not receive the welcome email

4. I have forgotten my username or password

5. I want to change my contact email address

6. I would like to create another account

7. Can I use my email to log in?

Bonuses

1. I automatically received a bonus I did not ask for.

2. Bonuses upon deposit condition.

3. What is OPT-IN?

4. I did not receive my bonus despite OPTING-IN.

5. Are bonuses withdrawable?

6. Do bonuses appear in my total balance?

7. Can I check the wagering status of my bonus?

8. Do all games count for the wagering requirement?

9. I no longer wish to receive your promotional emails.

10. Can I activate bonuses simultaneously?

11. I accepted a bonus and I cannot see it in my balance.

Gaming

1. What are the minimum system requirements to install the NetBet Casino software?

2. Where can I learn more about the game rules?

3. How do you play machines with a keyboard?

4. I got disconnected while playing on NetBet Casino

5. Are your casino games random?

NetBet Casino Inbox

1. Where can I find my NetBet Casino inbox?

2. Why should I use my NetBet Casino inbox?

3. How do I send a message to customer support?

4. Can I send documents from my NetBet Casino inbox?

Others

1. I would like to close my NetBet Casino account

2. Can I play your games using a device such as a tablet, phone, iPad or iPhone?

PLAYERS CLUB FAQ

1. WHO CAN JOIN THE PLAYERS CLUB?

2. HOW CAN I COLLECT POINTS?

3. HOW DOES THE BOOST WORK?

4. WHEN AND HOW IS MY PLAYER STATUS CALCULATED?

5. HOW CAN I SPEND MY POINTS?

6. WHY DOESN'T MY SHOP BALANCE MATCH MY PLAYER STATUS?

REGISTRATION

How do I register with NetBet?

Is it possible to use different accounts on NetBet?

What do I do if I forget my username or password?

How do I suspend or close my account?

Can I use my email to log in?

USING YOUR ACCOUNT

How do I make a deposit?

I can’t seem to make a deposit with my bank card.

How do I make a withdrawal?

How do I cancel a withdrawal request and return the funds to my player account?

BETS

How do I place a bet?

How can I see my bets?

What is the minimum/maximum stakes?

How can I cancel a bet?

What do I do if a match is postponed or cancelled?

Can I play with my real or bonus balance first?

Bet Types

Combo Bets

Each-Way Bets

Handicap Bets

Asian Lines

3-Way Handicap

Single Bets

System Bets with 3 Selections

System Bets with 4 Selections

System Bets with 5 Selections

System Bets with 6 Selections

System Bets with 7 Selections